From 99c802337b0800df32472d573818d8f23657b9f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "neil%parkwaycc.co.uk" Date: Thu, 27 Jul 2006 14:34:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Bug 214693 Copyrights (and line endings) messed up in Help files p=rlk@trfenv.com r=me --- .../chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml | 6476 ++++---- .../common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml | 4 +- .../common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml | 4 +- .../common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml | 4 +- .../chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml | 2 +- .../en-US/chrome/common/help/mail_help.xhtml | 12187 ++++++++-------- .../en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml | 2 +- .../chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml | 174 +- 8 files changed, 9426 insertions(+), 9427 deletions(-) diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml index d1cac19c3bf1..d0647c6b77b6 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml @@ -1,3238 +1,3238 @@ - - - -Creating Web Pages with Mozilla Composer - - - -

 

- - - - - -

Creating Web Pages with Mozilla Composer

- -

Mozilla Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish -them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is -as easy to use as a word processor.

- -

Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to -other pages, colors, and font styles. You can see what your -document will look like on the Web as you create it, and you can -easily share your document with other users, no matter what type of -browser or HTML-capable email program they use.

- -

To start using Mozilla Composer:

- - - - - - - - - - - - -
 Composer icon
- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Starting a New Page

- -

Formatting Your Web Pages

- -

Adding Tables to Your Web Page

- -

Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web -Page

- -

Setting Page Properties

- -

Creating Links in Composer

- -

Publishing Your Pages on the Web

- -

Composer Preferences

-
- -


-

- - -
- -

Starting a New Page

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Creating a New Page

- -

Saving and Browsing Your New -Page

-
- -

 

- - - - - - -

Creating a New Page

- -

Mozilla Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor -that allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a -WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can -display how your page will look to the reader as you're creating -it. It is not necessary for you to know HTML, since most of the -basic HTML functions are available as commands from the toolbars -and menus.

- -

Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view -or edit the HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML -Source, or click the <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode -toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.

- -

To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. -Once you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you -would in a word processor.

- -

To create a new page from the Navigator browser:

- - - - - -

To edit a page you're currently browsing in -Navigator:

- - - -

To create a new page in Composer:

- - - -

To start from an HTML file stored on your local -drive:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer -window.
    2. - -
  2. Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML -File dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. On your local drive, locate the file that you want to -edit.
    4. - -
  4. Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer -window.
    5. -
- -

To edit a web page:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Navigator.
    2. - -
  2. Go to a web page by typing the URL of the page (for example, -http://www.mozilla.org) in the Location Bar and pressing Enter -(Return on Macintosh OS).
    3. - -
  3. Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.
    4. -
- -

Tip: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most -recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, -choosing Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from -the list.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Saving and Browsing Your New Page

- -

You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. -Saving a document in HTML format preserves the document's -formatting, such as text styles (for example, bold or italic), -tables, links, and images. Saving a document in text-only format -removes all the HTML tags but preserves the document's text.

- -

To save a document as an HTML file:

- - - -

To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:

- - - -

When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the -HTML, images and other files, such as sound files and style -sheets), are saved locally on your hard drive. If you only want to -save the HTML part of the page, you must change the Composer -preference for saving pages. See Composer Preferences - Composer -for more information on changing Composer's setting for saving -pages.

- -

If an image location is absolute (starts with "http://") and you -are connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the -document in Composer and Navigator. However, if the image location -is relative to the page location (starts with "file:///"), then you -won't see the image in the local version of the document.

- -

To save a document as a text-only file:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.
    2. - -
  2. Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to -save the file.
    3. -
- -

Note: Images do not appear in documents saved in the -text-only format.

- -

Tip: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File -menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in -which you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will -be lost.

- -

To view your page in a browser window in order to test your -links:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -


-

- - -
- -

Formatting Your Web Pages

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, -and Lists

- -

Working with Lists

- -

Changing Text Color, Style, and -Font

- -

Removing or Discontinuing Text -Styles

- -

Finding and Replacing Text

- -

Inserting Horizontal Lines

- -

Inserting Special -Characters

- -

Inserting HTML Elements and -Attributes

- -

Validating the HTML

- -

Choosing the Right Editing Mode

-
- -

 

- - - - - - -

Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists

- -

To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer -window:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to -begin, or select the text you want to format.
    2. - -
  2. Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the -Format toolbar:
    3. - -
  3. -
      -
    • Body Text: Applies the application default font and -style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or -after the text.
      • - -
    • Paragraph: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to begin a -new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom margins.
      • - -
    • Heading 1 - Heading 6: Formats the paragraph as a -heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while Heading 6 is -the lowest-level heading.
      • - -
    • Address: Can be used for a web page "signature" that -indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for more -information, for example: user@example.com - -

      You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This -format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a -horizontal line. Navigator displays the address format in -italics.

      -
      • - -
    • Preformat: This is useful for elements such as code -examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in -a fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra -spaces, tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the -Preformatted style is displayed with the white space intact, -preserving the layout of the original text.
      • -
    -
    4. -
- -

To format text as a heading:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text -that you want to format.
    2. - -
  2. Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the -level of heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose -"Heading 1" for your main heading, "Heading 2" for the next level, -and so forth.
    3. -
- -

To apply a list item format:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that -you want to format.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose List.
    3. - -
  3. Choose the list style:
    4. - -
  4. -
      -
    • Bulleted: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it (as in -this list).
      • - -
    • Numbered: Items are numbered.
      • - -
    • Term and Definition: These two styles work -together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the Term tag -for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the -definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition -text appears indented.
      • -
    -
    5. -
- -

Tip: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of -text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List or -Bulleted List buttons on the Format toolbar.

- -

To change the style of bullets or numbers:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list -item you want to change, or select one or more items in the list if -you want to apply a new style to the entire list.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.
    3. - -
  3. Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For -numbered lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted -lists, you can change the bullet style.
    4. -
- -

Tip: You can also double-click on a bullet or -number in a list to display the List Properties dialog box.

- -

To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, -centering or aligning to the left or right:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line -of text you want to align.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment -option.
    3. -
- -

Note: You can also use the Format toolbar to -align text.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Working with Lists

- -

To end a list and continue typing body text:

- - - -

To change one or more list items to body text:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or -select the list items.
    2. - -
  2. In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a -bulleted list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format -toolbar.
    3. -
- -

To position indented text below a list item:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the list item.
    2. - -
  2. Press Shift-Enter to create the hanging indent.
    3. - -
  3. Type the text you want to indent.
    4. - -
  4. Press Shift-Enter to create another indented paragraph, or -press Return to create the next list item.
    5. -
- - - - -

Tip: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list -items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the -Indent or Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, -click anywhere in a list item and press Tab to indent one level. -Press Shift+Tab to outdent one level.

- -

To merge two adjacent lists:

- -
    -
  1. Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select -all of the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between -the two lists will also become part of the merged list.
    2. - -
  2. Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format -toolbar to merge the lists.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - -

Changing Text Color, Style, and Font

- -

To change the style, color, or font of selected text:

- -
    -
  1. Select the text you want to format.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
    3. - -
  3. -
      -
    • Font: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to use -fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable Width or -Fixed Width. - -

      Note: Not all fonts installed on your computer appear. -Instead of specifying a font that may not be available to all who -view your web page, it's generally best to select one of the fonts -provided in the menu since these fonts work on every computer. For -example, the fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and Courier generally -look the same when viewed on different computers. If you select a -different font, it may not look the same when viewed using a -different computer.

      -
      • - -
    • Size: Use this to choose a relative font size or -select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative to the -surrounding text).
      • - -
    • Text Style: Use this to select a style, such as italic, -bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for example, -Code.
      • - -
    • Text Color: Use this to choose a color from the color -picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, you -can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for -example, "blue"). You'll find a handy color code converter here.
      • -
    -
    4. -
- -

To change the background color of the page:

- -
    -
  1. Click anywhere in the page.
    2. - -
  2. Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.
    3. - -
  3. Choose a background color from the Block Background Color -dialog box.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
- -

Tip: To quickly change the color of text to the color -last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text -color block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to -use one color for separate lines of text.

- -

You can also use an image as a background. See Setting Page Colors and -Backgrounds.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles

- -

To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from -selected text:

- -
    -
  1. Select the text.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.
    3. - -
  3. Continue typing.
    4. -
- -

To continue typing text with all text styles removed:

- -
    -
  1. Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the -text styles.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.
    3. - -
  3. Continue typing.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Finding and Replacing Text

- -

To find text in the page you're currently working on:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your -search.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the -Find and Replace dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Type the text you want to locate in the "Find what" field. To -narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: -


    -
      -
    • Match upper/lower case: Use this to specify whether the -search is for case-sensitive text.
      • - -
    • Wrap around: Use this to search to the end of the page -and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether -you are searching forward or backwards.
      • - -
    • Search backwards: Use this to search back from the -insertion point to the beginning of the page.
      • -
    -
    4. - -
  4. Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the -first occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the -next occurrence.
    5. - -
  5. Click Close when you are done.
    6. -
- -

To find and replace text in the page you're currently working -on:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your -search.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the -Find and Replace dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement -text.
    4. - -
  4. To narrow the search, check one or more of the following -options:
    5. - - - - -
  5. Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer -selects the next occurrence of the text.
    6. - -
  6. Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement -text. Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find -the next occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence -in the document with the replacement text.
    7. - -
  7. Click Close when you are done.
    8. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Inserting Horizontal Lines

- -

Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different -sections of a document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also -called a rule) in your page, begin from the Composer -window:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to -appear.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.
    3. -
- -

 

- - - -

Setting Horizontal Line Properties

- -

You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and -shading.

- -
    -
  1. Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties -dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Edit any of these properties:
    3. - - - - -
  3. Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the -next time you insert a horizontal line.
    4. - -
  4. To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click -Advanced Edit. See the section, Advanced -Property Editor, for details.
    5. -
- -

Tip: You can select "Show All Tags" from the View menu to -show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to -select everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any -yellow box to display the Advanced -Property Editor dialog box for that HTML tag or element.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Inserting Special Characters

- -

To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, -or currency symbols:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the special -character to appear.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see -the Insert Character dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Select a category of characters.
    4. - - - - -
  4. From the Character drop-down list, select the character you -want to insert.
    5. - -
  5. Click Insert. - -

    You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose -window) while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to -use it again.

    -
    6. - -
  6. Click Close when you are done inserting special -characters.
    7. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes

- -

If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can -insert additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your -page. If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's -best not to change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these -methods:

- - - -

 

- - - - -

Using the Advanced Property Editor

- -

To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, -images, and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property -Editor.

- -

Note: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, -or modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best -not to do so.

- -

If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor -dialog box, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose Show All -Tags.
    2. - -
  2. Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its -Properties dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property -Editor. The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which -lists the current properties for the selected object:
    4. - - - - -
  4. To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, -select the attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the -attribute's name or value using the editable Attribute and Value -fields at the bottom of the dialog box. To add a new attribute, -type it in the Attribute field at the bottom of the dialog box. The -new attribute is automatically added when you click in the Value -field. To remove an attribute, select it in the list, and click -Remove Attribute. - -

    Note: Required attributes are highlighted in the -Attribute list.

    -
    5. - -
  5. Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor -dialog box.
    6. - -
  6. Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.
    7. -
- -

Composer automatically places quotation marks around any -attribute text.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - - - -

Validating the HTML

- -

Before you put your document on a web server so that others can -see it, you should first check the document's HTML formatting to -make sure it conforms to web standards. Documents containing -validated HTML are less likely to cause problems when viewed by -different browsers. Just visually checking your web pages in -Navigator doesn't ensure that your document will appear correctly -when viewed in other web browsers.

- -

Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your -document conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML -standards. Composer uses the W3C HTML Validation Service, which -checks your document's HTML syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. -This service also provides -information on how to correct errors.

- -

Note: You must be connected to the Internet to use this -feature.

- -

To validate your document's HTML syntax:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have -unsaved changes, Composer asks you to save them before -proceeding.
    2. - -
  2. When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click Browse -and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to -validate.
    3. - -
  3. Click "Validate this document".
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Choosing the Right Editing Mode

- -

Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the -default (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's -HTML source code, you may want to change editing modes.

- -

Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes -or views. Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your -document, but displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag -icons).

- -

Before you choose an editing mode:

- - - -

The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:

- - - -

Note: JavaScript functions, frames, links, and animated -GIF files are not active in any of the editing modes. To display -these items in their active state, click the Browse button on the -Composition toolbar to load the page into a browser window.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -
- -

Adding Tables to Your Web Page

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Inserting a Table

- -

Changing a Table's -Properties

- -

Adding and Deleting Rows, Columns, and -Cells

- -

Selecting Table Elements

- -

Moving, Copying, and Deleting -Tables

- -

Converting Text into a Table

-
- -

 

- - - -

Inserting a Table

- -

Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into -formatted rows and columns. To insert a table:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to -appear.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Table button on the Composition toolbar. The -Insert Table dialog box appears.
    3. - -
  3. Type the number of rows and columns you want.
    4. - - - - -
  4. Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero -for no border. - -

    Note: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate tables -with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page is -viewed in a browser.

    -
    5. - -
  5. To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click -Advanced Edit to display the Advanced -Property Editor.
    6. - -
  6. Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.
    7. -
- -

To change additional properties for your new table, see Changing a Table's Properties.

- -

Tip: To insert a table within a table, open the -Insert menu and choose Table.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Changing a Table's Properties

- -

This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an -entire table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells -within a table. If you are not currently viewing the Table -Properties dialog box, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Table button on the toolbar, or open the Table -menu and choose Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box -contains two tabs: Table and Cells.
    3. - -
  3. Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
    4. - - - - -
  4. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click -Advanced Edit to display the Advanced -Property Editor.
    5. - -
  5. Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog -box, or click OK to confirm them.
    6. -
- -

To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:

- -
    -
  1. Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and -choose Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box -appears.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
    3. - - - -

    Note: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript -events, click Advanced Edit to display the Advanced Property Editor

    - - -
  3. Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog -box, or click OK to confirm them.
    4. -
- -

Tip: To change the text color or background color of one -or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or -click anywhere in the table and then click the text color or -background color icon in the Format toolbar.

- -

Tip: To change the color of cells to the color last used, -select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color -picker. This is useful when you want to use one color for -individual cells.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Adding and Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells

- -

Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, -columns, or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that -allow you to maintain the original rectangular structure or layout -of the table while you perform editing tasks.

- -

To add a cell, row, or column to your table:

- -
    -
  1. Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or -cells).
    2. - -
  2. Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.
    3. - -
  3. Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new -table within a table cell.)
    4. -
- -

To delete a cell, row, or column:

- -
    -
  1. Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, -select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To -select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. -To select individual cells in a table, hold down the Ctrl key -(Windows and Linux) or the Command key (Macintosh OS) and click on -the cells you want to select.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Table menu and choose Delete.
    3. - -
  3. Choose the item you want to delete.
    4. -
- -

To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:

- - - -

To join (or merge) adjacent cells:

- - - -

To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:

- - - -

Refer to Selecting Table Elements -for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and -columns.

- -

 

- - - -

Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior

- -

By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer -preserves the table's structure by adding cells at the end of a -row, wherever needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells -but still maintain the table's original rectangular layout, or -structure. Otherwise, deleting cells can result in a table with -empty spaces, or whose outline appears irregular due to an uneven -number of cells.

- -

To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the -Composer window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then choose -Composer.
    2. - -
  2. Under Table Editing, set the following preference:
    3. - - - - -
  3. Click OK.
    4. -
- -

See also Setting General -Composer Preferences.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Selecting Table Elements

- -

You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or -group of cells:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables

- -

To move a table:

- -
    -
  1. Click inside the table.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.
    3. -
- - - -

 

- - - -

Converting Text into a Table

- -

To convert text into a table:

- -
    -
  1. Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in -mind that Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in -the selection.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You -see the Convert to Table dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection -into columns, or specify a different character to use. If you -choose Space as the separator for columns, choose whether or not -you want Composer to ignore multiple space and treat them as one -space.
    4. - -
  4. Leave "Delete separator character" checked to have Composer -remove the separator character when it converts the text into a -table. If you don't want Composer to delete the separator -character, uncheck this option.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. -
- -

Note: Text formatting is removed when the -selected text is converted to a table.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -
- - - -

Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web Page

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Inserting an Image into Your -Page

- -

Editing Image Properties

-
- -

 

- - - - - - - - - -

Inserting an Image into Your Page

- -

You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network -Graphics) images into your web page. You can also use them to create links. When you insert an image, -Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.

- -

Note: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, it's best not to -use BMP images in your pages.

- -

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your -page before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to -automatically use relative references to images once you insert -them.

- -

To insert an image:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to -appear.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Image button on the toolbar, or open the Insert -menu and choose Image. You see the Image Properties dialog -box.
    3. - -
  3. Type the location and filename of the image file, or click -Choose File to search for an image file on your hard drive or -network.
    4. - -
  4. Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text -that will appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) - when an image is loading or when image loading is -disabled. - -

    Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.

    -
    5. - -
  5. If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for -example, alignment) in the Image -Properties dialog box.
    6. -
- -

Tip: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto -your page.

- -

Tip: To insert a line break after all images in a -paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Editing Image Properties

- -

Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its -properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the -height, width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not -currently viewing the Image Properties dialog box, follow these -steps:

- -

To edit the properties for a selected image:

- -
    -
  1. Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button - on the toolbar to display the Image Properties dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
    3. - - - - -
  3. Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
    4. - - - - -
  4. Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
    5. - - - - -
  5. Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
    6. - - - - -
  6. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click -Advanced Edit to display the Advanced -Property Editor.
    7. - -
  7. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    8. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - -
- -

Setting Page Properties

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Setting Page Properties -and Meta Tags

- -

Setting Page Colors -and Backgrounds

-
- -

 

- - - - - -

Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags

- -

Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as -the title, author, and description of the document you're currently -working on. This information is useful if you plan to use the page -on a web site, since search engines use this type of information to -index your page. You can view this information from the browser -window by opening the View menu and choosing Page Info.

- -
    -
  1. Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.
    2. - -
  2. Edit any of the following properties:
    3. - -
  3. -
      -
    • Title: Type the text you want to appear as the window -title when someone views the page through a browser. This is how -most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title that -conveys what your page is about.
      • - -
    • Author: Type the name of the person who created the -document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the -document by using a web search tool to search on name. - -
      -

      Tip: If you enter the Author name in Composer's preferences, then you won't have to -enter it each time you create a new page.

      -
      -
      • - -
    • Description: Enter a brief description of the document's -contents.
      • -
    -
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Setting Page Colors and Background

- -

You can change the background color or specify a background -image for the page you're currently working on. These choices -affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing -the page through a browser.

- -

To set the colors and background for the current page, begin -from the Composer window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and -Background.
    2. - -
  2. Edit any of the following properties:
    3. - -
  3. -
      -
    • Reader's default colors: Select this if you want your -page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser -for text and links.
      • - -
    • Use custom colors: Select this if you want to specify -the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color from -the drop-down list. Sample output for each type of link appears in -the pane on the right.
      • - -
    • Background image: Select this if you want the background -of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image file or -click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard drive or -network. - -

      Note: Background images are tiled and override background -color selections.

      -
      • - -
    • URL is relative to page location: If checked, Composer -converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. This is -especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web server -so that others can view them. - -

      Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in -the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location -on your hard disk or a web server.

      - -

      Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a -full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking -to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard -disk).

      - -

      If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in -order to enable this checkbox.

      -
      • -
    -
    4. -
- -

Note: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript -events, click Advanced Edit to display the Advanced Property Editor.

- -

You can also set the default page -background and colors for every new page you create in -Composer.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - -
- -

Creating Links in Composer

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Creating Links Within the Same -Page

- -

Creating Links to Other Pages

- -

Using Images as Links

- -

Removing or Discontinuing -Links

-
- -

 

- - - -

Creating Links Within the Same Page

- -

To create a link within the same page, for example a link that -the reader can use to jump from one section to another, you must -create an anchor (target location), and then create a link -that points to the anchor. Anchors are also called named -anchors.

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line -where you want to create an anchor, or select some text.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named -Anchor Properties dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up -to 30 characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to -underscores ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box -already contains a name.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the -anchor's location:
    5. -
- -

To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the -anchor:

- -
    -
  1. Select the text or image that you want to link to the -anchor.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. -You see the Link Properties dialog box.
    3. - - - - -
  3. Click OK.
    4. -
- -

Note: To test the link you just created, open the File -menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.

- -

Tip: If you did not first create named anchors, you can -use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already -occur in the page.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - -

Creating Links to Other Pages

- -

You can create links from your page to local pages on your own -computer or on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the -Internet.

- -

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your -page before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer -to automatically use relative references for links once you create -them.

- - - -

To create a link to another page:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a -link, or select the text or image that you want to link to the -anchor.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog -box.
    3. - -
  3. Define your link:
    4. - - - - -
  4. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click -Advanced Edit to display the Advanced -Property Editor.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. - -
  6. To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and -then click the link to make sure it works as expected.
    7. -
- -

Tip: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging -the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. -For example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, -bookmark, or Mail window and drop it onto your page. You can also -right-click (Control+click on Macintosh OS) a link on a web page -and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the -link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties -dialog box.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - -

Using Images as Links

- -

You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave -like links in your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, -the browser window displays the page that the image is linked -to.

- -
    -
  1. Select an image on your page.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Link button on the toolbar, or open the Insert -menu and choose Link.
    3. - -
  3. Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a named anchor or heading within the -page, or to a separate local or -remote page.
    4. -
- -

Tip: Drag and drop a linked image from the Navigator -window into a Composer window to copy both the image and the -link.

- -

Note: To remove the blue border on images used as links, -open the Link Properties dialog box, click the Link tab, and uncheck "Show border around linked image".

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - -

Removing or Discontinuing Links

- -

To remove a link:

- -
    -
  1. Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or -image.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.
    3. -
- -

To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is -not included as part of the link:

- -
    -
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to -end.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - - - -
- -

Publishing Your Pages on the Web

- -

If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse -your pages, but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your -pages to a remote computer called a web server.

- -

When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies -(uploads) your pages to a computer that lets others browse your -pages. Most ISPs provide space on their web servers for web page -publishing. To find a web server where you can publish your pages, -ask your ISP, help desk, or system administrator.

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Publishing a Document

- -

Updating a Published Document

- -

Changing the Filename or Publishing -Location

- -

Creating a New Publishing Site

- -

Changing the Default Publishing -Site

- -

Deleting a Publishing Site

- -

Solving Common Publishing -Problems

- -

Publishing Settings

-
- -

 

- - - -

Publishing a Document

- -

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your -page before you insert links or images into it. This allows -Composer to automatically use relative references for links and -images once you insert them.

- -

To publish a document:

- -
    -
  1. Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a -new Composer document.
    2. - -
  2. When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the -Publish button.
    3. - -

    If you have published this document before, Composer remembers -the document's publishing settings and starts publishing the -document. While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a -publishing status dialog box.

    - - - - -
  3. To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test -the page's links and make sure there are no missing images.
    4. - -
  4. Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to -update the remote page with your changes, click the Publish -button.
    5. -
- -

When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes -the document's file:/// URL to an http:// URL to -indicate that you are now editing the published document. If you -want to save the document locally (on your computer's hard disk), -click the Save button. You'll be prompted to choose a filename and -location on your hard disk for the document.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Tips for Avoiding Broken Links or Missing Images

- -


-

- - - -

For more troubleshooting tips, see Solving Common Publishing Problems.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Updating a Published Document

- -

To update a published document:

- -
    -
  1. In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent -Pages, then select the document from the list.
    2. - -

    Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want -to update by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's -web address) in the Navigator browser's Location field.

    - - -
  2. Open the File menu, and choose Edit Page.
    3. - -
  3. Edit the document as necessary.
    4. - -
  4. When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, -click Publish in Composer's toolbar.
    5. -
- - - - - -

Tip: To delete a page or image you've published -on a web server, you must use an FTP (File Transfer Protocol) -program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create -subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your -service provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You -can usually find information on FTP programs in the Help or Support -sections of your service provider's web site. FTP programs are also -available from shareware sites such as ZDNet Downloads.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Changing the Filename or Publishing Location

- -

To change a document's filename or publishing location:

- -
    -
  1. In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent -Pages, then select the document from the list.
    2. - -

    Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want -to update by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's -web address) in the Navigator browser's Location field.

    - - -
  2. Open the File menu, and choose Edit Page.
    3. - -
  3. Edit the document as necessary.
    4. - -
  4. Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer -displays the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.
    5. - -
  5. Enter a different page title, if necessary.
    6. - -
  6. Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.
    7. - -
  7. From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you -want to use. To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. -See Publish Page - Settings for more -information.
    8. - -
  8. Click Publish to save the document to the new location.
    9. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Creating a New Publishing Site

- -

If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote -location, you can set up Composer to save the publishing -information for each remote site you use, so that you don't have to -enter it each time you want to publish.

- -

To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. -Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Click New Site.
    3. - -
  3. For "Site Name," enter the nickname by which you want to refer -to this publishing site. - -

    For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents -related to the "Meteor" project, you might want to use the site -name "Meteor". Site names remind you about the types of documents -you publish at each site.

    -
    4. - -
  4. For "Publishing address," enter the complete URL provided to -you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This -URL must begin with either ftp:// or http://. - -

    The publishing address specifies the location where documents -are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to -enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.

    -
    5. - -
  5. For "HTTP address of your home page," enter the complete URL -that you would enter in the Navigator browser to view pages at this -site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. - - -

    This URL must always begin with http://. In some cases, -this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure -what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave -it blank.

    -
    6. - -
  6. For user name, enter the user name you use to log in to your -ISP or web hosting service.
    7. - -
  7. For password, enter the password for your user name.
    8. - -
  8. Select "Save Password" to save your password securely using -Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you -publish pages at this site.
    9. - -
  9. Click OK.
    10. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Choosing the Default Publishing Site

- -

If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you -typically use only one site for most of your publishing needs, you -can designate the site you use most often as the default publishing -site. Composer will use the default publishing site for all -documents that you publish, unless you specifically choose an -alternate site.

- -

Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always -publish a document to a different site by choosing Publish As from -Composer's File menu. See Changing the -Filename or Publishing Location for more information.

- -

To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. -Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Select a publishing site from the list. - -

    If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that -one as the default site.

    -
    3. - -
  3. Click Set as Default.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    5. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Deleting a Publishing Site

- -

Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from -Composer. If you later wish to publish to the site, you must -re-enter the site's settings.

- -

To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. -Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Select a publishing site from the list.
    3. - -
  3. Click Remove Site.
    4. - -

    Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site -itself is not affected.

    - - -
  4. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    5. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Solving Common Publishing Problems

- -

If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing -Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you -determine what went wrong and how to fix it. Click the -Troubleshooting button in the Publishing Status dialog box to get -help on solving your publishing problem.

- -

If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your -hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You -can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To -quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and -choose Recent Pages.

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Verifying Your Publishing -Settings

- -

Checking Your Filenames

- -

Fixing Publishing Errors

-
- -
-

 

- - - -

Verifying Your Publishing Settings

- -

To verify your publishing settings:

- -
    -
  1. Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
    3. - -
  3. In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site -settings are correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If -you're not sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
    4. - -
  4. -
      -
    • Verify that you correctly entered the publishing -settings. You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the -settings.
      • - -
    • Verify that you entered the correct publishing -address. Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the -publishing address as the "server name", the "hostname", or the -"server/host". They often specify the publishing location as -ftp.myisp.com/username, where username is your -user name. - -

      For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the -publishing location with either ftp:// or -http://. For example, the correct publishing address for -the above-mentioned site would be -ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username.

      -
      • -
    -
    5. -
- -


-

- - - -

Checking Your Filenames

- -

Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure -that the filenames:

- - - -


-

- - - -

Fixing Publishing Errors

- -

If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the -messages Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the -Publishing dialog box. You can use these error messages to help -determine what went wrong and what to do to fix the problem.

- -


-

- - - - - -
-

Error Messages:

- -

Filename not -found

- -

X of Y files -failed to publish

- -

The subdirectory directory -name doesn't exist on this site or the filename -filename is already in use by another -subdirectory

- -

The filename filename -is already in use by another subdirectory

- -

The server is not available. -Check your connection and try again later.

- -

You do not have permission to -publish to this location.

- -

You are currently offline. Click -the icon near the lower-right corner of any window to go -online.

- -

There is not enough disk space -available to save the file filename.

- -

The filename or subdirectory name -is too long.

-
- -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
-Filename not found - -

or

- -X of Y files failed to publish
- -

Error Description: One or more image files or -CSS files failed to publish because Composer could not find them. -Some typical reasons might be:

- - - -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
The -subdirectory directory name doesn't exist on this site or -the filename filename is already in use by another -subdirectory - -

or

- -The filename filename is already in use by another -subdirectory
- -

Error Description: You specified the name of a -remote subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. -Composer can only publish to a remote subdirectory that already -exists at the publishing location. Or, you specified a filename -that is identical to the name of an existing subdirectory at the -publishing site.

- -

For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish -tab:

- - - -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
The server -is not available. Check your connection and try again -later.
- -

Error Description: This error can have many -causes. For example:

- - - -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
You do not have -permission to publish to this location.
- -

Error Description: You are attempting to -publish to a location that you are not authorized to use. You can -only publish to sites where you have been granted access by your -ISP or web hosting service.

- -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
You are - -currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner of -any window to go online.
- -

Error Description: You are attempting to -publish, but your Mozilla Internet connection is currently in the -"offline" state. Your Internet connection must be in the "online" -state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your -pages.

- -

Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by -looking at the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any -Mozilla window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as -.

- -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
There is not -enough disk space available to save the file -filename.
- -

Error Description: The remote web server's hard -disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space -allocated to you by your ISP or web hosting service.

- -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -
-

Error Message:

- - - - - -
The filename or -subdirectory name is too long.
- -

Error Description: The number of characters in -the filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web -server computer that you are trying to publish to.

- -

Possible Solutions:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -
-

 

- - - - -

Publishing Settings

- -

This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For -information on Composer's general and new page settings, see Composer Preferences.

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Publish Page - Publish

- -

Publish Page - Settings

- -

Publish Settings

-
- -
-

 

- - - - -

Publish Page - Publish

- -

The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want -to publish a document. These settings apply to the current -document.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page -dialog box appears.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Publish tab.
    3. -
- - - -

Tip: To create remote subdirectories or delete -published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer -Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a -particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP -programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's -web site. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such -as ZDNet Downloads.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- - - -

Publish Page - Settings

- -

The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login -information for the remote publishing site, as well as the -publishing settings for the remote site. These settings apply to -the current document and any other files you publish to this -location.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page -dialog box appears.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Settings tab.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- - -

Publish Settings

- -

The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and -delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default -publishing site.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. -Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - -
- -

Composer Preferences

- -

This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences -panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these -steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -

    (Mac OS X) Open the Mozilla menu and choose Preferences.

    - - -
  2. Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.
    3. -
- -

For information on Composer's publishing settings, see Publishing Settings.

- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

Composer

- -

New Page Settings

-
- -
- - - -

Composer Preferences - Composer

- -

Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving -files and for table editing. These settings apply to every document -you create.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow -these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Composer category.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- - -

Composer Preferences - New Page Settings

- -

New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors -and background images that apply to every document you create.

- -

If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow -these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Double-click the Composer category and click New Page -Settings.
    3. -
- - - -

To change the author name for an individual page: Open the -Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.

- -

To change the page colors and background image for an individual -page: Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and -Background.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -
-

20 June 2002 -

- -
-

Copyright © 1994-2002 The Mozilla Organization.

- \ No newline at end of file + + + +Creating Web Pages with Mozilla Composer + + + +

 

+ + + + + +

Creating Web Pages with Mozilla Composer

+ +

Mozilla Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish +them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is +as easy to use as a word processor.

+ +

Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to +other pages, colors, and font styles. You can see what your +document will look like on the Web as you create it, and you can +easily share your document with other users, no matter what type of +browser or HTML-capable email program they use.

+ +

To start using Mozilla Composer:

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
 Composer icon
+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Starting a New Page

+ +

Formatting Your Web Pages

+ +

Adding Tables to Your Web Page

+ +

Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web +Page

+ +

Setting Page Properties

+ +

Creating Links in Composer

+ +

Publishing Your Pages on the Web

+ +

Composer Preferences

+
+ +


+

+ + +
+ +

Starting a New Page

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Creating a New Page

+ +

Saving and Browsing Your New +Page

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Creating a New Page

+ +

Mozilla Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor +that allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a +WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can +display how your page will look to the reader as you're creating +it. It is not necessary for you to know HTML, since most of the +basic HTML functions are available as commands from the toolbars +and menus.

+ +

Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view +or edit the HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML +Source, or click the <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode +toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window.

+ +

To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. +Once you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you +would in a word processor.

+ +

To create a new page from the Navigator browser:

+ + + + + +

To edit a page you're currently browsing in +Navigator:

+ + + +

To create a new page in Composer:

+ + + +

To start from an HTML file stored on your local +drive:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer +window.
    2. + +
  2. Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML +File dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. On your local drive, locate the file that you want to +edit.
    4. + +
  4. Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer +window.
    5. +
+ +

To edit a web page:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Navigator.
    2. + +
  2. Go to a web page by typing the URL of the page (for example, +http://www.mozilla.org) in the Location Bar and pressing Enter +(Return on Macintosh OS).
    3. + +
  3. Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most +recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, +choosing Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from +the list.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Saving and Browsing Your New Page

+ +

You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. +Saving a document in HTML format preserves the document's +formatting, such as text styles (for example, bold or italic), +tables, links, and images. Saving a document in text-only format +removes all the HTML tags but preserves the document's text.

+ +

To save a document as an HTML file:

+ + + +

To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:

+ + + +

When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the +HTML, images and other files, such as sound files and style +sheets), are saved locally on your hard drive. If you only want to +save the HTML part of the page, you must change the Composer +preference for saving pages. See Composer Preferences - Composer +for more information on changing Composer's setting for saving +pages.

+ +

If an image location is absolute (starts with "http://") and you +are connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the +document in Composer and Navigator. However, if the image location +is relative to the page location (starts with "file:///"), then you +won't see the image in the local version of the document.

+ +

To save a document as a text-only file:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.
    2. + +
  2. Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to +save the file.
    3. +
+ +

Note: Images do not appear in documents saved in the +text-only format.

+ +

Tip: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File +menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in +which you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will +be lost.

+ +

To view your page in a browser window in order to test your +links:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +


+

+ + +
+ +

Formatting Your Web Pages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, +and Lists

+ +

Working with Lists

+ +

Changing Text Color, Style, and +Font

+ +

Removing or Discontinuing Text +Styles

+ +

Finding and Replacing Text

+ +

Inserting Horizontal Lines

+ +

Inserting Special +Characters

+ +

Inserting HTML Elements and +Attributes

+ +

Validating the HTML

+ +

Choosing the Right Editing Mode

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists

+ +

To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to +begin, or select the text you want to format.
    2. + +
  2. Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the +Format toolbar:
    3. + +
  3. +
      +
    • Body Text: Applies the application default font and +style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or +after the text.
      • + +
    • Paragraph: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to begin a +new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom margins.
      • + +
    • Heading 1 - Heading 6: Formats the paragraph as a +heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while Heading 6 is +the lowest-level heading.
      • + +
    • Address: Can be used for a web page "signature" that +indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for more +information, for example: user@example.com + +

      You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This +format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a +horizontal line. Navigator displays the address format in +italics.

      +
      • + +
    • Preformat: This is useful for elements such as code +examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in +a fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra +spaces, tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the +Preformatted style is displayed with the white space intact, +preserving the layout of the original text.
      • +
    +
    4. +
+ +

To format text as a heading:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text +that you want to format.
    2. + +
  2. Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the +level of heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose +"Heading 1" for your main heading, "Heading 2" for the next level, +and so forth.
    3. +
+ +

To apply a list item format:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that +you want to format.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose List.
    3. + +
  3. Choose the list style:
    4. + +
  4. +
      +
    • Bulleted: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it (as in +this list).
      • + +
    • Numbered: Items are numbered.
      • + +
    • Term and Definition: These two styles work +together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the Term tag +for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the +definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition +text appears indented.
      • +
    +
    5. +
+ +

Tip: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of +text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List or +Bulleted List buttons on the Format toolbar.

+ +

To change the style of bullets or numbers:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list +item you want to change, or select one or more items in the list if +you want to apply a new style to the entire list.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.
    3. + +
  3. Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For +numbered lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted +lists, you can change the bullet style.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: You can also double-click on a bullet or +number in a list to display the List Properties dialog box.

+ +

To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, +centering or aligning to the left or right:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line +of text you want to align.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment +option.
    3. +
+ +

Note: You can also use the Format toolbar to +align text.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Working with Lists

+ +

To end a list and continue typing body text:

+ + + +

To change one or more list items to body text:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or +select the list items.
    2. + +
  2. In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a +bulleted list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format +toolbar.
    3. +
+ +

To position indented text below a list item:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point within the list item.
    2. + +
  2. Press Shift-Enter to create the hanging indent.
    3. + +
  3. Type the text you want to indent.
    4. + +
  4. Press Shift-Enter to create another indented paragraph, or +press Return to create the next list item.
    5. +
+ + + + +

Tip: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list +items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the +Indent or Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, +click anywhere in a list item and press Tab to indent one level. +Press Shift+Tab to outdent one level.

+ +

To merge two adjacent lists:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select +all of the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between +the two lists will also become part of the merged list.
    2. + +
  2. Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format +toolbar to merge the lists.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + +

Changing Text Color, Style, and Font

+ +

To change the style, color, or font of selected text:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the text you want to format.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose one of the following:
    3. + +
  3. +
      +
    • Font: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to use +fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable Width or +Fixed Width. + +

      Note: Not all fonts installed on your computer appear. +Instead of specifying a font that may not be available to all who +view your web page, it's generally best to select one of the fonts +provided in the menu since these fonts work on every computer. For +example, the fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and Courier generally +look the same when viewed on different computers. If you select a +different font, it may not look the same when viewed using a +different computer.

      +
      • + +
    • Size: Use this to choose a relative font size or +select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative to the +surrounding text).
      • + +
    • Text Style: Use this to select a style, such as italic, +bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for example, +Code.
      • + +
    • Text Color: Use this to choose a color from the color +picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, you +can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for +example, "blue"). You'll find a handy color code converter here.
      • +
    +
    4. +
+ +

To change the background color of the page:

+ +
    +
  1. Click anywhere in the page.
    2. + +
  2. Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.
    3. + +
  3. Choose a background color from the Block Background Color +dialog box.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+ +

Tip: To quickly change the color of text to the color +last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text +color block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to +use one color for separate lines of text.

+ +

You can also use an image as a background. See Setting Page Colors and +Backgrounds.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles

+ +

To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from +selected text:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the text.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.
    3. + +
  3. Continue typing.
    4. +
+ +

To continue typing text with all text styles removed:

+ +
    +
  1. Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the +text styles.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.
    3. + +
  3. Continue typing.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Finding and Replacing Text

+ +

To find text in the page you're currently working on:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your +search.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the +Find and Replace dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Type the text you want to locate in the "Find what" field. To +narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: +


    +
      +
    • Match upper/lower case: Use this to specify whether the +search is for case-sensitive text.
      • + +
    • Wrap around: Use this to search to the end of the page +and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether +you are searching forward or backwards.
      • + +
    • Search backwards: Use this to search back from the +insertion point to the beginning of the page.
      • +
    +
    4. + +
  4. Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the +first occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the +next occurrence.
    5. + +
  5. Click Close when you are done.
    6. +
+ +

To find and replace text in the page you're currently working +on:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your +search.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the +Find and Replace dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement +text.
    4. + +
  4. To narrow the search, check one or more of the following +options:
    5. + + + + +
  5. Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer +selects the next occurrence of the text.
    6. + +
  6. Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement +text. Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find +the next occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence +in the document with the replacement text.
    7. + +
  7. Click Close when you are done.
    8. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Inserting Horizontal Lines

+ +

Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different +sections of a document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also +called a rule) in your page, begin from the Composer +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to +appear.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.
    3. +
+ +

 

+ + + +

Setting Horizontal Line Properties

+ +

You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and +shading.

+ +
    +
  1. Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties +dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Edit any of these properties:
    3. + + + + +
  3. Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the +next time you insert a horizontal line.
    4. + +
  4. To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click +Advanced Edit. See the section, Advanced +Property Editor, for details.
    5. +
+ +

Tip: You can select "Show All Tags" from the View menu to +show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to +select everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any +yellow box to display the Advanced +Property Editor dialog box for that HTML tag or element.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Inserting Special Characters

+ +

To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, +or currency symbols:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the special +character to appear.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see +the Insert Character dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Select a category of characters.
    4. + + + + +
  4. From the Character drop-down list, select the character you +want to insert.
    5. + +
  5. Click Insert. + +

    You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose +window) while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to +use it again.

    +
    6. + +
  6. Click Close when you are done inserting special +characters.
    7. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes

+ +

If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can +insert additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your +page. If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's +best not to change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these +methods:

+ + + +

 

+ + + + +

Using the Advanced Property Editor

+ +

To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, +images, and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property +Editor.

+ +

Note: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, +or modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best +not to do so.

+ +

If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor +dialog box, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose Show All +Tags.
    2. + +
  2. Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its +Properties dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property +Editor. The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which +lists the current properties for the selected object:
    4. + + + + +
  4. To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, +select the attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the +attribute's name or value using the editable Attribute and Value +fields at the bottom of the dialog box. To add a new attribute, +type it in the Attribute field at the bottom of the dialog box. The +new attribute is automatically added when you click in the Value +field. To remove an attribute, select it in the list, and click +Remove Attribute. + +

    Note: Required attributes are highlighted in the +Attribute list.

    +
    5. + +
  5. Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor +dialog box.
    6. + +
  6. Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.
    7. +
+ +

Composer automatically places quotation marks around any +attribute text.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + + + +

Validating the HTML

+ +

Before you put your document on a web server so that others can +see it, you should first check the document's HTML formatting to +make sure it conforms to web standards. Documents containing +validated HTML are less likely to cause problems when viewed by +different browsers. Just visually checking your web pages in +Navigator doesn't ensure that your document will appear correctly +when viewed in other web browsers.

+ +

Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your +document conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML +standards. Composer uses the W3C HTML Validation Service, which +checks your document's HTML syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. +This service also provides +information on how to correct errors.

+ +

Note: You must be connected to the Internet to use this +feature.

+ +

To validate your document's HTML syntax:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have +unsaved changes, Composer asks you to save them before +proceeding.
    2. + +
  2. When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click Browse +and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to +validate.
    3. + +
  3. Click "Validate this document".
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Choosing the Right Editing Mode

+ +

Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the +default (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's +HTML source code, you may want to change editing modes.

+ +

Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes +or views. Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your +document, but displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag +icons).

+ +

Before you choose an editing mode:

+ + + +

The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:

+ + + +

Note: JavaScript functions, frames, links, and animated +GIF files are not active in any of the editing modes. To display +these items in their active state, click the Browse button on the +Composition toolbar to load the page into a browser window.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +
+ +

Adding Tables to Your Web Page

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Inserting a Table

+ +

Changing a Table's +Properties

+ +

Adding and Deleting Rows, Columns, and +Cells

+ +

Selecting Table Elements

+ +

Moving, Copying, and Deleting +Tables

+ +

Converting Text into a Table

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

Inserting a Table

+ +

Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into +formatted rows and columns. To insert a table:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to +appear.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Table button on the Composition toolbar. The +Insert Table dialog box appears.
    3. + +
  3. Type the number of rows and columns you want.
    4. + + + + +
  4. Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero +for no border. + +

    Note: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate tables +with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page is +viewed in a browser.

    +
    5. + +
  5. To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click +Advanced Edit to display the Advanced +Property Editor.
    6. + +
  6. Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.
    7. +
+ +

To change additional properties for your new table, see Changing a Table's Properties.

+ +

Tip: To insert a table within a table, open the +Insert menu and choose Table.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Changing a Table's Properties

+ +

This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an +entire table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells +within a table. If you are not currently viewing the Table +Properties dialog box, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Table button on the toolbar, or open the Table +menu and choose Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box +contains two tabs: Table and Cells.
    3. + +
  3. Click the Table tab to edit these properties:
    4. + + + + +
  4. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click +Advanced Edit to display the Advanced +Property Editor.
    5. + +
  5. Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog +box, or click OK to confirm them.
    6. +
+ +

To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and +choose Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box +appears.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties:
    3. + + + +

    Note: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript +events, click Advanced Edit to display the Advanced Property Editor

    + + +
  3. Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog +box, or click OK to confirm them.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: To change the text color or background color of one +or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or +click anywhere in the table and then click the text color or +background color icon in the Format toolbar.

+ +

Tip: To change the color of cells to the color last used, +select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color +picker. This is useful when you want to use one color for +individual cells.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Adding and Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells

+ +

Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, +columns, or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that +allow you to maintain the original rectangular structure or layout +of the table while you perform editing tasks.

+ +

To add a cell, row, or column to your table:

+ +
    +
  1. Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or +cells).
    2. + +
  2. Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.
    3. + +
  3. Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new +table within a table cell.)
    4. +
+ +

To delete a cell, row, or column:

+ +
    +
  1. Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, +select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To +select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. +To select individual cells in a table, hold down the Ctrl key +(Windows and Linux) or the Command key (Macintosh OS) and click on +the cells you want to select.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Table menu and choose Delete.
    3. + +
  3. Choose the item you want to delete.
    4. +
+ +

To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:

+ + + +

To join (or merge) adjacent cells:

+ + + +

To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:

+ + + +

Refer to Selecting Table Elements +for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and +columns.

+ +

 

+ + + +

Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior

+ +

By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer +preserves the table's structure by adding cells at the end of a +row, wherever needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells +but still maintain the table's original rectangular layout, or +structure. Otherwise, deleting cells can result in a table with +empty spaces, or whose outline appears irregular due to an uneven +number of cells.

+ +

To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the +Composer window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then choose +Composer.
    2. + +
  2. Under Table Editing, set the following preference:
    3. + + + + +
  3. Click OK.
    4. +
+ +

See also Setting General +Composer Preferences.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Selecting Table Elements

+ +

You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or +group of cells:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables

+ +

To move a table:

+ +
    +
  1. Click inside the table.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ + + +

Converting Text into a Table

+ +

To convert text into a table:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in +mind that Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in +the selection.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You +see the Convert to Table dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection +into columns, or specify a different character to use. If you +choose Space as the separator for columns, choose whether or not +you want Composer to ignore multiple space and treat them as one +space.
    4. + +
  4. Leave "Delete separator character" checked to have Composer +remove the separator character when it converts the text into a +table. If you don't want Composer to delete the separator +character, uncheck this option.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. +
+ +

Note: Text formatting is removed when the +selected text is converted to a table.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +
+ + + +

Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web Page

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Inserting an Image into Your +Page

+ +

Editing Image Properties

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + +

Inserting an Image into Your Page

+ +

You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network +Graphics) images into your web page. You can also use them to create links. When you insert an image, +Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.

+ +

Note: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, it's best not to +use BMP images in your pages.

+ +

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your +page before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to +automatically use relative references to images once you insert +them.

+ +

To insert an image:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to +appear.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Image button on the toolbar, or open the Insert +menu and choose Image. You see the Image Properties dialog +box.
    3. + +
  3. Type the location and filename of the image file, or click +Choose File to search for an image file on your hard drive or +network.
    4. + +
  4. Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text +that will appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) + when an image is loading or when image loading is +disabled. + +

    Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.

    +
    5. + +
  5. If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for +example, alignment) in the Image +Properties dialog box.
    6. +
+ +

Tip: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto +your page.

+ +

Tip: To insert a line break after all images in a +paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Editing Image Properties

+ +

Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its +properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the +height, width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not +currently viewing the Image Properties dialog box, follow these +steps:

+ +

To edit the properties for a selected image:

+ +
    +
  1. Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button + on the toolbar to display the Image Properties dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Location tab to edit these properties:
    3. + + + + +
  3. Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties:
    4. + + + + +
  4. Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties:
    5. + + + + +
  5. Click the Link tab to edit these properties:
    6. + + + + +
  6. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click +Advanced Edit to display the Advanced +Property Editor.
    7. + +
  7. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    8. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + +
+ +

Setting Page Properties

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Setting Page Properties +and Meta Tags

+ +

Setting Page Colors +and Backgrounds

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags

+ +

Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as +the title, author, and description of the document you're currently +working on. This information is useful if you plan to use the page +on a web site, since search engines use this type of information to +index your page. You can view this information from the browser +window by opening the View menu and choosing Page Info.

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.
    2. + +
  2. Edit any of the following properties:
    3. + +
  3. +
      +
    • Title: Type the text you want to appear as the window +title when someone views the page through a browser. This is how +most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title that +conveys what your page is about.
      • + +
    • Author: Type the name of the person who created the +document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the +document by using a web search tool to search on name. + +
      +

      Tip: If you enter the Author name in Composer's preferences, then you won't have to +enter it each time you create a new page.

      +
      +
      • + +
    • Description: Enter a brief description of the document's +contents.
      • +
    +
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Setting Page Colors and Background

+ +

You can change the background color or specify a background +image for the page you're currently working on. These choices +affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing +the page through a browser.

+ +

To set the colors and background for the current page, begin +from the Composer window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and +Background.
    2. + +
  2. Edit any of the following properties:
    3. + +
  3. +
      +
    • Reader's default colors: Select this if you want your +page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser +for text and links.
      • + +
    • Use custom colors: Select this if you want to specify +the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color from +the drop-down list. Sample output for each type of link appears in +the pane on the right.
      • + +
    • Background image: Select this if you want the background +of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image file or +click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard drive or +network. + +

      Note: Background images are tiled and override background +color selections.

      +
      • + +
    • URL is relative to page location: If checked, Composer +converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. This is +especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web server +so that others can view them. + +

      Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in +the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location +on your hard disk or a web server.

      + +

      Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a +full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking +to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard +disk).

      + +

      If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in +order to enable this checkbox.

      +
      • +
    +
    4. +
+ +

Note: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript +events, click Advanced Edit to display the Advanced Property Editor.

+ +

You can also set the default page +background and colors for every new page you create in +Composer.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + +
+ +

Creating Links in Composer

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Creating Links Within the Same +Page

+ +

Creating Links to Other Pages

+ +

Using Images as Links

+ +

Removing or Discontinuing +Links

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

Creating Links Within the Same Page

+ +

To create a link within the same page, for example a link that +the reader can use to jump from one section to another, you must +create an anchor (target location), and then create a link +that points to the anchor. Anchors are also called named +anchors.

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line +where you want to create an anchor, or select some text.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named +Anchor Properties dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up +to 30 characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to +underscores ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box +already contains a name.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the +anchor's location:
    5. +
+ +

To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the +anchor:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the text or image that you want to link to the +anchor.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. +You see the Link Properties dialog box.
    3. + + + + +
  3. Click OK.
    4. +
+ +

Note: To test the link you just created, open the File +menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.

+ +

Tip: If you did not first create named anchors, you can +use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already +occur in the page.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + +

Creating Links to Other Pages

+ +

You can create links from your page to local pages on your own +computer or on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the +Internet.

+ +

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your +page before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer +to automatically use relative references for links once you create +them.

+ + + +

To create a link to another page:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a +link, or select the text or image that you want to link to the +anchor.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog +box.
    3. + +
  3. Define your link:
    4. + + + + +
  4. To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click +Advanced Edit to display the Advanced +Property Editor.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. + +
  6. To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and +then click the link to make sure it works as expected.
    7. +
+ +

Tip: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging +the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. +For example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, +bookmark, or Mail window and drop it onto your page. You can also +right-click (Control+click on Macintosh OS) a link on a web page +and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the +link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties +dialog box.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + +

Using Images as Links

+ +

You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave +like links in your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, +the browser window displays the page that the image is linked +to.

+ +
    +
  1. Select an image on your page.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Link button on the toolbar, or open the Insert +menu and choose Link.
    3. + +
  3. Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a named anchor or heading within the +page, or to a separate local or +remote page.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: Drag and drop a linked image from the Navigator +window into a Composer window to copy both the image and the +link.

+ +

Note: To remove the blue border on images used as links, +open the Link Properties dialog box, click the Link tab, and uncheck "Show border around linked image".

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + +

Removing or Discontinuing Links

+ +

To remove a link:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or +image.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.
    3. +
+ +

To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is +not included as part of the link:

+ +
    +
  1. Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to +end.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + + + +
+ +

Publishing Your Pages on the Web

+ +

If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse +your pages, but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your +pages to a remote computer called a web server.

+ +

When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies +(uploads) your pages to a computer that lets others browse your +pages. Most ISPs provide space on their web servers for web page +publishing. To find a web server where you can publish your pages, +ask your ISP, help desk, or system administrator.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Publishing a Document

+ +

Updating a Published Document

+ +

Changing the Filename or Publishing +Location

+ +

Creating a New Publishing Site

+ +

Changing the Default Publishing +Site

+ +

Deleting a Publishing Site

+ +

Solving Common Publishing +Problems

+ +

Publishing Settings

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

Publishing a Document

+ +

Tip: It's best to first save or publish your +page before you insert links or images into it. This allows +Composer to automatically use relative references for links and +images once you insert them.

+ +

To publish a document:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a +new Composer document.
    2. + +
  2. When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the +Publish button.
    3. + +

    If you have published this document before, Composer remembers +the document's publishing settings and starts publishing the +document. While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a +publishing status dialog box.

    + + + + +
  3. To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test +the page's links and make sure there are no missing images.
    4. + +
  4. Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to +update the remote page with your changes, click the Publish +button.
    5. +
+ +

When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes +the document's file:/// URL to an http:// URL to +indicate that you are now editing the published document. If you +want to save the document locally (on your computer's hard disk), +click the Save button. You'll be prompted to choose a filename and +location on your hard disk for the document.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Tips for Avoiding Broken Links or Missing Images

+ +


+

+ + + +

For more troubleshooting tips, see Solving Common Publishing Problems.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Updating a Published Document

+ +

To update a published document:

+ +
    +
  1. In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent +Pages, then select the document from the list.
    2. + +

    Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want +to update by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's +web address) in the Navigator browser's Location field.

    + + +
  2. Open the File menu, and choose Edit Page.
    3. + +
  3. Edit the document as necessary.
    4. + +
  4. When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, +click Publish in Composer's toolbar.
    5. +
+ + + + + +

Tip: To delete a page or image you've published +on a web server, you must use an FTP (File Transfer Protocol) +program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create +subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your +service provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You +can usually find information on FTP programs in the Help or Support +sections of your service provider's web site. FTP programs are also +available from shareware sites such as ZDNet Downloads.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Changing the Filename or Publishing Location

+ +

To change a document's filename or publishing location:

+ +
    +
  1. In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent +Pages, then select the document from the list.
    2. + +

    Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want +to update by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's +web address) in the Navigator browser's Location field.

    + + +
  2. Open the File menu, and choose Edit Page.
    3. + +
  3. Edit the document as necessary.
    4. + +
  4. Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer +displays the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.
    5. + +
  5. Enter a different page title, if necessary.
    6. + +
  6. Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.
    7. + +
  7. From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you +want to use. To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. +See Publish Page - Settings for more +information.
    8. + +
  8. Click Publish to save the document to the new location.
    9. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Creating a New Publishing Site

+ +

If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote +location, you can set up Composer to save the publishing +information for each remote site you use, so that you don't have to +enter it each time you want to publish.

+ +

To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. +Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Click New Site.
    3. + +
  3. For "Site Name," enter the nickname by which you want to refer +to this publishing site. + +

    For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents +related to the "Meteor" project, you might want to use the site +name "Meteor". Site names remind you about the types of documents +you publish at each site.

    +
    4. + +
  4. For "Publishing address," enter the complete URL provided to +you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This +URL must begin with either ftp:// or http://. + +

    The publishing address specifies the location where documents +are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to +enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.

    +
    5. + +
  5. For "HTTP address of your home page," enter the complete URL +that you would enter in the Navigator browser to view pages at this +site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + +

    This URL must always begin with http://. In some cases, +this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure +what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave +it blank.

    +
    6. + +
  6. For user name, enter the user name you use to log in to your +ISP or web hosting service.
    7. + +
  7. For password, enter the password for your user name.
    8. + +
  8. Select "Save Password" to save your password securely using +Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you +publish pages at this site.
    9. + +
  9. Click OK.
    10. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Choosing the Default Publishing Site

+ +

If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you +typically use only one site for most of your publishing needs, you +can designate the site you use most often as the default publishing +site. Composer will use the default publishing site for all +documents that you publish, unless you specifically choose an +alternate site.

+ +

Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always +publish a document to a different site by choosing Publish As from +Composer's File menu. See Changing the +Filename or Publishing Location for more information.

+ +

To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. +Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Select a publishing site from the list. + +

    If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that +one as the default site.

    +
    3. + +
  3. Click Set as Default.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    5. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Deleting a Publishing Site

+ +

Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from +Composer. If you later wish to publish to the site, you must +re-enter the site's settings.

+ +

To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. +Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Select a publishing site from the list.
    3. + +
  3. Click Remove Site.
    4. + +

    Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site +itself is not affected.

    + + +
  4. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    5. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Solving Common Publishing Problems

+ +

If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing +Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you +determine what went wrong and how to fix it. Click the +Troubleshooting button in the Publishing Status dialog box to get +help on solving your publishing problem.

+ +

If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your +hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You +can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To +quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and +choose Recent Pages.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Verifying Your Publishing +Settings

+ +

Checking Your Filenames

+ +

Fixing Publishing Errors

+
+ +
+

 

+ + + +

Verifying Your Publishing Settings

+ +

To verify your publishing settings:

+ +
    +
  1. Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.
    3. + +
  3. In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site +settings are correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If +you're not sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service.
    4. + +
  4. +
      +
    • Verify that you correctly entered the publishing +settings. You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the +settings.
      • + +
    • Verify that you entered the correct publishing +address. Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the +publishing address as the "server name", the "hostname", or the +"server/host". They often specify the publishing location as +ftp.myisp.com/username, where username is your +user name. + +

      For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the +publishing location with either ftp:// or +http://. For example, the correct publishing address for +the above-mentioned site would be +ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username.

      +
      • +
    +
    5. +
+ +


+

+ + + +

Checking Your Filenames

+ +

Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure +that the filenames:

+ + + +


+

+ + + +

Fixing Publishing Errors

+ +

If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the +messages Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the +Publishing dialog box. You can use these error messages to help +determine what went wrong and what to do to fix the problem.

+ +


+

+ + + + + +
+

Error Messages:

+ +

Filename not +found

+ +

X of Y files +failed to publish

+ +

The subdirectory directory +name doesn't exist on this site or the filename +filename is already in use by another +subdirectory

+ +

The filename filename +is already in use by another subdirectory

+ +

The server is not available. +Check your connection and try again later.

+ +

You do not have permission to +publish to this location.

+ +

You are currently offline. Click +the icon near the lower-right corner of any window to go +online.

+ +

There is not enough disk space +available to save the file filename.

+ +

The filename or subdirectory name +is too long.

+
+ +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
+Filename not found + +

or

+ +X of Y files failed to publish
+ +

Error Description: One or more image files or +CSS files failed to publish because Composer could not find them. +Some typical reasons might be:

+ + + +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
The +subdirectory directory name doesn't exist on this site or +the filename filename is already in use by another +subdirectory + +

or

+ +The filename filename is already in use by another +subdirectory
+ +

Error Description: You specified the name of a +remote subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. +Composer can only publish to a remote subdirectory that already +exists at the publishing location. Or, you specified a filename +that is identical to the name of an existing subdirectory at the +publishing site.

+ +

For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish +tab:

+ + + +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
The server +is not available. Check your connection and try again +later.
+ +

Error Description: This error can have many +causes. For example:

+ + + +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
You do not have +permission to publish to this location.
+ +

Error Description: You are attempting to +publish to a location that you are not authorized to use. You can +only publish to sites where you have been granted access by your +ISP or web hosting service.

+ +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
You are + +currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner of +any window to go online.
+ +

Error Description: You are attempting to +publish, but your Mozilla Internet connection is currently in the +"offline" state. Your Internet connection must be in the "online" +state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your +pages.

+ +

Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by +looking at the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any +Mozilla window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as +.

+ +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
There is not +enough disk space available to save the file +filename.
+ +

Error Description: The remote web server's hard +disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space +allocated to you by your ISP or web hosting service.

+ +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +
+

Error Message:

+ + + + + +
The filename or +subdirectory name is too long.
+ +

Error Description: The number of characters in +the filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web +server computer that you are trying to publish to.

+ +

Possible Solutions:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +
+

 

+ + + + +

Publishing Settings

+ +

This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For +information on Composer's general and new page settings, see Composer Preferences.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Publish Page - Publish

+ +

Publish Page - Settings

+ +

Publish Settings

+
+ +
+

 

+ + + + +

Publish Page - Publish

+ +

The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want +to publish a document. These settings apply to the current +document.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page +dialog box appears.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Publish tab.
    3. +
+ + + +

Tip: To create remote subdirectories or delete +published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer +Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a +particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP +programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's +web site. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such +as ZDNet Downloads.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + + +

Publish Page - Settings

+ +

The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login +information for the remote publishing site, as well as the +publishing settings for the remote site. These settings apply to +the current document and any other files you publish to this +location.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page +dialog box appears.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Settings tab.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + +

Publish Settings

+ +

The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and +delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default +publishing site.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. +Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.
    2. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + +
+ +

Composer Preferences

+ +

This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences +panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these +steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +

    (Mac OS X) Open the Mozilla menu and choose Preferences.

    + + +
  2. Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.
    3. +
+ +

For information on Composer's publishing settings, see Publishing Settings.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

Composer

+ +

New Page Settings

+
+ +
+ + + +

Composer Preferences - Composer

+ +

Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving +files and for table editing. These settings apply to every document +you create.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow +these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Composer category.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + +

Composer Preferences - New Page Settings

+ +

New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors +and background images that apply to every document you create.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow +these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Double-click the Composer category and click New Page +Settings.
    3. +
+ + + +

To change the author name for an individual page: Open the +Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.

+ +

To change the page colors and background image for an individual +page: Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and +Background.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +
+

20 June 2002 +

+ +
+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

+ diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml index 45176eca819e..47b36bebe3f1 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ instead of Mozilla.

19 June 2002

-

Copyright 1994-2003 Mozilla Organization.

+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml index 3ae71c879559..71acd638c582 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ pack and/or language pack to use within Mozilla.

19 June 2002

-

Copyright 1994-2002 Mozilla Organization.

+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml index 1c3b4e92e460..91ad42ac0dc9 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Different File Types.

7 October 2002

-

Copyright 1994-2002 Mozilla Organization.

+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

- \ No newline at end of file + diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml index 3decf5171c20..ae707934046a 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml @@ -1001,6 +1001,6 @@ Mozilla.

19 June 2002


-

Copyright © 1994-2002 Mozilla Organization.

+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mail_help.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mail_help.xhtml index fe1867ad1fd3..0fa3543c919b 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mail_help.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/mail_help.xhtml @@ -1,6094 +1,6093 @@ - - - - -Using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups - - - - - - - - - -
This document is provided by Mozilla for your information only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a recommendation by Mozilla about what constitutes adequate privacy and security protection on the Internet.
-
-

Using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all -your Internet communications from one place. You can set up and -maintain multiple business and personal mail accounts and Internet -newsgroups, all from one window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.

- -

To start using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups:

- - - - - - - - - - - - -
 Mail & Newsgroups icon
- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Getting Started with Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups

- -

Reading Messages

- -

Sending Messages

- -

Creating HTML Mail Messages

- -

Using Attachments

- -

Deleting Messages

- -

Using Address Books

- -

Organizing Your Messages

- -

Controlling Junk Mail

- -

Importing Mail from Other -Programs

- -

Getting Started with -Newsgroups

- -

Working Offline

- -

Signing & -Encrypting Messages

- -

Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings

- -

Mail & Newsgroup -Preferences

-
- - - -
- -

Getting Started with Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Using the Mail Account Setup -Wizard

- -

Setting Up Additional Mail and News -Accounts

- -

Changing the Settings for an -Account

- -
- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard

- - - -

To set up a mail or newsgroup account, first open the Window -menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't already set -up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling -you to set up an account.

- -

The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a -new account. If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your -Internet service provider (ISP) or help desk.

- -

If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear -automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening -the Mail window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. -For more details, see Setting Up -Additional Mail & News Accounts.

- -

 

- -

Setting Up Mail Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider

- -

Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider -should give you the following information:

- - - -

Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email -provider should give you the following information:

- - - -

To set up a new mail or newsgroup account, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. - -

    The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the -type of new account you specify in its first window. The boldface -headings that follow correspond to the windows you'll see when -you're setting up an ISP or email provider account.

    -
    3. - -
  3. New Account Setup: Choose the type of account you want -to set up, then click Next.
    4. - -
  4. Identity: Enter the name and email address appropriate -for this account, then click Next.
    5. - -
  5. Server Information: Indicate whether you want a POP -account or an IMAP account. Not all service providers can support -both options. For more information, see Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server -Settings. - - -

    You must also provide the name of your incoming mail server and your outgoing (SMTP) server here. This is the name of the mail server that sends your messages -(also known as the SMTP host). Click Next to continue.

    - - -

    Note: You need to specify only one outgoing mail server -(SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of your -SMTP host may not have been explicitly listed in the account setup -information provided to you. For example, your SMTP host may be the -same as your POP or IMAP host. If in doubt, contact your ISP or -system administrator.

    -
    6. - -
  6. User Name: Enter the user name provided by your ISP or -email provider, then click Next.
    7. - -
  7. Account Name: Enter whatever name you want to use to -refer to this account, then click Next.
    8. - -
  8. Congratulations! Verify that the information you entered -is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with -your ISP or system administrator. When you are sure that it's -correct, click Finish to set up your account.
    9. - -
  9. You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail -& Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start -using your new account.
    10. -
- -

You are now ready to retrieve messages from your account. For -detailed instructions, see Getting New -Messages.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - - -

Setting Up Additional Mail and News Accounts

- -

You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or -to change information for an existing account, including:

- - - -

To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, -begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box. You can perform these tasks:
    2. - - - - -
  2. Click headings under any account's name and modify the -corresponding settings in the panel on the right.
    3. - -
  3. Click OK to save your changes.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - -

 

- -

Changing the Settings for an Account

- -

To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup -account, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account -Settings dialog box. You see information about the account, such as -your email address and signature file, in the right side of the -dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see -the corresponding settings:
    4. - - - - -
  4. Click OK to save your changes.
    5. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -
- -

Reading Messages

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Getting New Messages

- -

Keeping Messages As New

- -

Choosing How You View the Mail -Window

- -

Sorting and Threading Messages

- -

Saving and Printing Messages

- -

Controlling Images, Scripts, and -Plug-ins

-
- -

 

- - - - - - -

Getting New Messages

- -

For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically -and display them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and -selecting the Inbox for the IMAP account.

- -

For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs -to retrieve your messages. By default, messages from your POP -account are deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You -can change your POP server settings to -store a copy of messages on the server in addition to downloading -them to your computer.

- -

You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at -startup and to check for new messages at timed intervals.

- - - - - - - - - - -
 Mail & Newsgroups icon
- -

The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a -green arrow to notify you when new messages have arrived.

- - - - - - - - - - -
 New mail notification
- -

To set up a mail account to automatically check for new -messages, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the -Server Settings category for that account.
    3. - -
  3. Select one or both of the following options in the Server -Settings section:
    4. - - - - -
  4. Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups.
    5. -
- -

To set up Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or -display an alert when new mail arrives, see Mail & Newsgroups Preferences -- Mail & Newsgroups.

- -

You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get -new messages for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the -following:

- - - -

To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail -toolbar.
    2. - -
  2. Choose Get All New Messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. - -

    If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, -Mail & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and -password before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you -have already stored your user name and password using the Password -Manager, Mail & Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this -information.)

    -
    3. -
- -

Note: You can also open the File menu (in the -Mail window) and choose "Get New Messages for".

- -

To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail -toolbar.
    2. - -
  2. Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.
    3. -
- -

Note: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password -the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose -to have Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password -Manager at that time.

- -

Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on -your own computer and enter them for you automatically. For more -information, see Using the Password -Manager.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Choosing How You View the Mail Window

- -

You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you -see when you choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window -menu):

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Sorting and Threading Messages

- -

To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or -priority, begin from the Mail window:

- - - -

To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:

- - - -

To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is -grouped with all its responses:

- - - - - - - - - - - - -
     
 Thread button
- -

Tip: To help you identify unread messages in a -collapsed thread where you've read the parent message, Mozilla -Mail & Newsgroups underlines the parent message.

- -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - -

Saving and Printing Messages

- -

To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express -file:

- -
    -
  1. In the Mail window, select the message.
    2. - -
  2. Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose -File.
    3. - -
  3. For "Save as type", choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail -file). Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can -be opened by Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.
    4. - -
  4. Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, -depending on the file type you chose in step 3.
    5. - -
  5. Choose a destination for the file and click Save.
    6. -
- -

To print a selected message:

- - - -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of section -]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plug-ins

- -

By default, you can view remote images in the mail messages you -receive. To avoid downloading images embedded in web pages sent as -message attachments:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Privacy & Security category, click Images. (If no -subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to -expand the list.)
    3. - -
  3. Check "Do not load remote images in Mail & Newsgroup -messages".
    4. - -
  4. Click OK to have your change take affect.
    5. -
- -

By default, JavaScript is not enabled and plug-ins are enabled -for mail messages you receive. To change these settings:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plug-ins. (If -no subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the -list.)
    3. - -
  3. Under "Enable JavaScript for", check "Mail & Newsgroups" to -enable JavaScript for web pages viewed in mail messages.
    4. - -
  4. Under "Enable Plug-ins for", uncheck "Mail & Newsgroups" to -disable plug-ins.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK to have your changes take affect.
    6. -
- -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of section -]

- -

 

- -
- - - - -

Sending Messages

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Composing Mail and Newsgroup -Messages

- -

Using the Message Composition -Window

- -

Addressing a Message

- -

Selecting Message Sending -Options

- -

Unsending a Message

- -

Replying to a Message

- -

Forwarding a Message

- -

Confirming That Your Message -Was Opened

- -

Checking Message Status

- -

Saving and Editing a Message -Draft

- -

Creating and Using Templates

-
- -

 

- - - - - -

Composing Mail and Newsgroup Messages

- -

You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by -doing one of the following:

- - - -

Tip: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings -dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for -composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a -different editor for each of your accounts.) Select the account, and check "Compose -messages in HTML format" to use the HTML text editor for all -messages. See Changing the Settings for an -Account for more information.

- -

Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use -different fonts, text styles (such as bold or italic) and text -colors, tables, numbered or bulleted lists, and pictures in your -messages. However, some recipients may only be able to read -messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the -plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key -while clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the -plain-text editor on an as-needed basis.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Using the Message Composition Window

- -

Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and -newsgroup messages. First specify whether you want to compose -messages in plain text or HTML in the Account Settings Preferences -panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings).

- -

To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the -Mail toolbar.

- -

The Compose window contains the following:

- - - -

If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you -see an additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to -those in Mozilla Composer.

- -

For help using the HTML editor, see Formatting Your Web Pages.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Addressing a Message

- -

To address a mail message:

- -
    -
  1. Type the name in the addressing area.
    2. - - -

    If you have address autocompletion -enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first few letters of -the recipient's name and wait for Mail & Newsgroups to complete -the address. (Or you can type part of the name and immediately -press Enter to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete the -address.)

    - - -
  2. If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and -press Enter.
    3. - - -

    Note: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the -same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. -For example, multiple entries might be:

    -

    user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net

    - - -
  3. If you want this message to be sent from a different account, -click the "From" field to select the account you want. See Changing the Account From Which a Message is Sent -for more information.
    4. - -
  4. If necessary, click "To" to choose a different recipient -type:
    5. - -
  5. -
      -
    • To: For primary recipients of your message.
      • - -
    • Cc: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).
      • - -
    • Bcc: For secondary recipients not identified to the -other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon -copy).
      • - -
    • Reply-To: For recipients to reply to a different email -address other than the one the message is sent from.
      • - -
    • Newsgroup: For posting to a newsgroup.
      • - -
    • Followup-To: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so -that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup -instead of the original newsgroup.
      • -
    -
    6. -
- -

Tip: You can quickly address a message by clicking the -email address contained in a message you're reading, and then -selecting Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.

- - - -

Changing the Account From Which a Message is Sent

- -

If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the -From field is based on the account (or server) you selected when -you choose to create a new message. However, Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups also allows you to change the account a message is sent -from while you're composing a message. Click the From field to view -a list of your accounts and then select the account you want. A -copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of the account -where you sent the message from.

- -

About Address Autocompletion

- -

Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from -the Compose window without having to search for names or type -complete names. Mail & Newsgroups automatically checks your -address books and an LDAP -directory server (if available) and completes the name if it finds -a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by showing all possible -choices with additional information if it finds multiple matches. -Address autocompletion is enabled by default.

- -

If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups -provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then -enter an alternate address.

- -

To disable address autocompletion:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If -no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list).
    3. - -
  3. In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect "Local Address -Books" and "Directory Server."
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Selecting Message Sending Options

- -

While you're composing a message, you can select these -additional message sending options from the Options menu:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Replying to a Message

- -

To reply to a mail message:

- - - -

To include the original message each time you reply to any -message, and to specify how to place the original message in the -reply:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no subcategories are visible, -double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the -list.)
    3. - -
  3. Select "Automatically quote the original message when -replying."
    4. - -
  4. Specify where in the message to place your reply. "Start my -reply above the quoted text" is the default.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Forwarding a Message

- -

When you forward a message, you can specify how to place new -text relative to the original text: inline (in the body of -the message; this is the default), or as an attachment.

- -

To forward a message:

- -
    -
  1. Select the message and click Forward.
    2. - -
  2. Type the name or email address of the recipient.
    3. - -
  3. Click Send.
    4. -
- -

To set the default for forwarding messages:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no subcategories are visible, -double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the -list.)
    3. - -
  3. For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or -As Attachment.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
- -

Tip: To override the default for forwarding a -message, select the message, open the Message menu, and choose -Forward As, then choose Inline or Attachment.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Confirming That Your Message Was Opened

- -

You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has -displayed (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail -program that supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) -standard. Keep in mind that the recipient may choose not to send -you a return receipt, even if you've requested one. Messages you -send to a newsgroup address will not include a return receipt -request, since news servers don't support this feature.

- -

To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the -global Return Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you -receive for return receipts. You can override these global -preferences for individual accounts.

- -

To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:

- - - -

To automatically request return receipts when sending messages -from each of your mail accounts:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Return Receipts. (If -no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to -expand the list.)
    3. - -
  3. Select "When sending messages, always request a return -receipt."
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
- -

For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see -Mail & Newsgroups -Preferences - Return Receipts.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Saving and Editing a Message Draft

- -

To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it -later:

- - - -

To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Drafts folder -for the account where you created the message draft.
    2. - -
  2. Click the message that you want to edit.
    3. - -
  3. In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft -button.
    4. - -
  4. Edit the message as necessary.
    5. - -
  5. Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the -message so you can complete it later.
    6. - -
  6. -

    Note: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts -folder.

    -
    7. -
- -

Tip: You can also double-click the message to open it for -editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is -closed.
-

- -

To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Drafts folder -for the account where you created the message drafts.
    2. - -
  2. Select the message drafts that you want to delete.
    3. - -
  3. Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Creating and Using Templates

- -

Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages -that you send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can -save a message as a template from any window in which it is -displayed, including from within a Mail compose window.

- -

To save a message to use as a template:

- -
    -
  1. In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and -then set the default font, text size, text color, background color, -and any other default formatting you want.
    2. - -

    Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the -formatting you want.

    - -
  2. While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save -As, then choose Template. The message is stored as a template in -the Templates folder for the current mail account.
    3. -
- -

To compose a message using a template:

- -
    -
  1. In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account -where you created the message template.
    2. - -
  2. Double-click the message template to open it.
    3. - -
  3. Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) -or send it.
    4. - -
  4. -

    Note: Sending the message does not remove the template -from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future -use.

    -
    5. -
- -

To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Templates -folder for the account where you created the message -templates.
    2. - -
  2. Select the message templates that you want to delete.
    3. - -
  3. Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of section -]

- -

 

- - - - -
- -

Creating HTML Mail Messages

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Using HTML in Your Messages

- -

Choosing HTML Message Sending -Options

- -

Specifying Recipients for HTML -Messages

- -

Viewing the Message Source for HTML -Messages

- -

Using the HTML Mail Question -Dialog Box

-
- -

 

- - - - - - -

Using HTML in Your Messages

- -

HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and -tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not -be able to receive HTML messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -allows you to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the -HTML (rich-text) formatting editor or the plain-text editor for -each mail account you have. In addition, you can choose whether -your addressees should receive HTML or plain-text messages by -default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle messages when -it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted mail.

- -

To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for -composing messages, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.
    3. - -
  3. Select "Compose messages in HTML format." You see the -Formatting toolbar in the Compose window. Leave this box unchecked -to use the plain-text editor for this account.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Editing or Inserting HTML Elements

- -

If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can -edit or insert additional HTML tags, style attributes, and -JavaScript in your mail message. If you are not sure how to work -with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. To work with -HTML code, use one of these methods:

- - - -

For more information on editing HTML source code, see Using the Advanced Property -Editor.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options

- -

By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending -HTML messages when it's not known whether the recipient's mail -program can display HTML-formatted messages.

- -

To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from -the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no subcategories -are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to -expand the list). - -

    Note: This preference applies only to mail messages, not -to newsgroup messages.

    -
    3. - -
  3. Select the option you want and then click OK.
    4. -
- -

If while composing a message you realize that one or more -recipients may not be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can -easily convert the message to a different format when you click -Send:

- -
    -
  1. In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose -Format.
    2. - -
  2. Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the submenu:
    3. - - - - -
  3. When you've finished composing the message, click Send.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages

- -

You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your -address books prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text -messages.

- -
    -
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. - -
  2. Select the address book on the left and then select the -individual's card on the right.
    3. - -
  3. Click Properties to display the "Card for" dialog box.
    4. - -
  4. In the Name tab, use the "Prefers to receive messages formatted -as" drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can -read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, -images, or tables).
    5. - -

    If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no -formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not -sure, choose Unknown.

    - -

    If you choose Unknown, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups determines -the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & -Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups -still can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to -choose a sending format when you send the message.

    - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Viewing the Message Source for HTML Messages

- -

You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an -HTML message you've received:

- -
    -
  1. In the message list window, open the message.
    2. - -
  2. Open the View menu and choose Message Source.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box

- -

The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a -message to someone whose mail program may not be able to display -HTML messages or when Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine -whether your recipient can display HTML messages. If you are in -doubt, send the message in both HTML and plain-text formats.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -
- -

Using Attachments

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Attaching a File or Web Page

- -

Viewing and Opening -Attachments

- -

Saving Attachments

-
- -

 

- - - - - -

Attaching a File or Web Page

- -

To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:

- -
    -
  1. In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and -choose Attach File. You see the "Enter file to attach" dialog -box. - -

    Tip: You can also click inside the Attachments area to -attach a file.

    -
    2. - -
  2. Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file -from your hard drive that you want to attach.
    3. - -
  3. Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.
    4. -
- -

Tip: You can also drag and drop one or more files from -your desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.

- -

To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:

- -
    -
  1. In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web -Page.
    2. - -
  2. In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. -The web page URL appears in the Attachments area.
    3. -
- -

Tip: When you are viewing a page in the Navigator -browser, you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu -and choosing Send Page.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Viewing and Opening Attachments

- -

If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type -that Mozilla can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), -you see the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the -message). For other file types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open -the attachment using another application, or you can save the -attachment on your hard disk.

- -

To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your -computer that can open files of the same type as the attachment's -file format. For example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make -sure you have a program on your computer that can open .DOC -files.

- -

To open an attachment:

- -
    -
  1. Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than -one).
    2. - -
  2. In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want Mozilla to -do with the attachment: -


    -
      -
    • If Mozilla finds an application on your hard disk that can -open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that -application. Click "Choose" to use a different application to open -the attachment.
      • - -
    • If Mozilla can't find an application on your hard disk that -can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You won't be -able to open the attachment, but at least you can save it on your -hard disk until you can install an application that can open -it.
      • - -
    • Click "Advanced" to add a new file type to the list of helper -applications. Mozilla uses helper applications to determine how -different file types are opened by other applications from within -Mozilla. For more information, see Managing Different File -Types.
      • -
    -
    3. - -
  3. Click OK.
    4. - -
- -

Note: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail -server, all attachments remain on the server.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Saving Attachments

- -

To save an attachment:

- -
    -
  1. In the right side of the message envelope, under "Attachments," select the -attachment that you want to save.
    2. - -
  2. Right-click (Control-click on Macintosh) the attachment and -choose Save As from the pop-up menu.
    3. - -
  3. Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard -disk and then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the -attachment and saves it to the specified location.
    4. -
- -

Tip: To save all attachments, right-click the first one -in the attachment list, and choose Save All. You can then specify -the location where you want all the attachments to be saved.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -
- -

Deleting Messages

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Deleting POP or IMAP Messages

- -

Moving Messages to and from the -Trash

- -
- -

 

- - - -

Deleting POP or IMAP Messages

- -

How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or -IMAP. Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash -folder. IMAP users can set different options for deleting -messages.

- -

To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from -the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By -default, Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the -Trash folder.
    2. - -
  2. To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose -Empty Trash.
    3. -
- -

To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide, and then uncheck -Message Pane. - -

    Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area -centered at the bottom of the message list) to close the message -pane.

    -
    2. - -
  2. In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.
    3. -
- -

To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server -Settings category under the account name.
    3. - -
  3. Select the options you want for -deleting messages and click OK.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Moving Messages To and From the Trash

- -

If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up -IMAP to use the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages -from your Inbox or other folders:

- -
    -
  1. In the message list, select the messages you want to -delete.
    2. - -
  2. Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the -Trash folder.
    3. -
- -

To recover messages from the Trash:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Trash folder.
    2. - -
  2. Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to -another folder.
    3. -
- -

To delete messages permanently:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - -

 

- - - -
- -

Using Address Books

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

About Address Books

- -

Adding Entries to Your Address -Books

- -

Creating a New Address Book

- -

Creating a New Address Book -Card

- -

Creating a Mailing List

- -

Editing a Mailing List

- -

Searching Address Books and -Directories

- -

Importing Address Books

- -

Exporting Address Books

- -

Adding and Removing LDAP Directories

-
- -

 

- - - -

About Address Books

- -

Address books store email addresses and contact information for -people you typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and -family. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two -address books: the Personal Address Book and the Collected -Addresses Book—and you can create additional address books as -well. You can also import address books from other mail programs -and previous versions of Mozilla. The contents of these address -books are stored locally on your hard disk.

- -

Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP -directory, which is located on an LDAP directory server. The -directory server stores email addresses of people that are not -included in your locally-stored address books. The Lightweight -Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an industry-standard method for -accessing Internet or intranet directory services such as corporate address -books.

- -

Personal Address Book

- -

Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your -choice. You can create mailing lists and edit individual address -entries.

- -

Collected Addresses

- -

By default, the Collected Address Book automatically collects the email addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing messages are stored in the Collected Address Book as soon as you click Send. The Collected Address Book can also save the sender's address in each incoming message. To enable this feature, you must change the preferences for email address -collection. The preferences also let you choose which types of addresses you want to collect (only addresses from mail messages or addresses from both mail and newsgroup messages).

- -

LDAP Directory (if available)

- -

An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) -stores email addresses of recipients who are not in your -locally-stored address books. LDAP directories offer you access to -large, centrally maintained databases of email addresses, which is -especially useful with address -autocompletion.

- -

Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If -no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. - -
  3. Under Email Address Collection, choose whether you want -to: -


    -
      -
    • Use this feature for incoming or outgoing messages, or -both.
      • - -
    • Use this feature for newsgroup messages.
      • - -
    • Limit the size of the Collected Address book. The default size -is 700 cards. If you add a new card that exceeds the limit, the -oldest card is removed and the new card is added, keeping the total -number of cards the same.
      • -
    -
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
-


-

Opening the Address Book Window

- -

To open the Address Book window:

- - -


-

Changing the Address Book Window Display

- -

To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are -displayed:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the -Address Book window.
    2. - -
  2. In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from -the following display options:
    3. - -
  3. -
      -
    • Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck -(hide) or check (show).
      • - -
    • Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names -displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).
      • - -
    • Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.
      • -
    -
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Adding Entries to Your Address Books

- -

You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your -address books:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Creating a New Address Book

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal -address book, but you can create additional address books.

- -

To create a new address book:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any Mozilla window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book -window. - - - - - - - - - - -
    Address Book icon
    -
    2. - -
  2. In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and -choose Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Creating a New Address Book Card

- -

Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, -email addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the -addressee prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted -messages.

- -

To create an address book card for an individual:

- -
    -
  1. Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the -Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. - -
  2. Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the -one to which you want to add a card.)
    3. - -
  3. Each New Card dialog box has four tabs:
    4. - -
  4. -
      -
    • Name: Enter the following information: -


      -
        -
      • First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to -appear in the address book).
        • - -
      • Display name (the name that appears in the "To" field of the -Compose window).
        • - -
      • Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).
        • - -
      • Email address (primary and additional address).
        • - -
      • Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this -recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that -include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient -can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then -choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose -Unknown. If you choose Unknown, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -determines the sending format based on the Mail & Newsgroups -Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & -Newsgroups still can't determine the correct format, Mail & -Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending format when you send -the message.
        • - -
      • Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)
        • -
      -
      • - -
    • Address: Type additional information such as street -address, phone number, and URL. - - - - - - -

      Tip: If you enter address information, Mozilla -displays a Get Map button next to the address when you view this -entry's address book card in your address book. Clicking the Get -Map button displays a web page that contains a map to the -address.

      - -

      Store any additional information you -want. -

      • -
    -
    5. -
- -

Tip: To quickly add entries to your address book, click -any email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address -Book from the drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where -you can complete the information.

- -

 

- - - -

Viewing or Editing Card Properties

- -

To view or edit the properties for an individual card:

- -
    -
  1. Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book -window.
    2. - -
  2. Click Properties.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Creating a Mailing List

- -

If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can -quickly address a message by using a mailing list that contains the -names you want.

- -

To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:

- -
    -
  1. In the Address Book window, click New List.
    2. - -
  2. Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog -box: - -
      -
    • Click the drop-down list at "Add to" to choose an address book -in which to store the list.
      • - -
    • List name: When you enter the list name in the "To" field of a -message, everyone on the list receives your message.
      • - -
    • List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.
      • - -
    • Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of -the Compose window.
      • -
    -
    3. -
  3. Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. -
- -

In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list -appears underneath the address book you added it to.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Editing a Mailing List

- -

Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you -created them.

- -

To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. - -
  2. Expand the address book containing your mailing list by -clicking the small triangle beside the address book title.
    3. - -
  3. Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list -members appear to the right of the mailing list name.
    4. - -
  4. Click the entry you wish to delete.
    5. - -
  5. Click the Delete button.
    6. -
- -

To add members to a mailing list:

- -
    -
  1. Open Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. - -
  2. Expand the address book containing your mailing list by -clicking the small triangle beside the address book title.
    3. - -
  3. Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.
    4. - -
  4. Click Properties.
    5. - -
  5. Add or remove entries as necessary.
    6. - -
  6. Click OK when you are done.
    7. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Searching Address Books and Directories

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an -address book or directory by name or email address, or use a -combination of criteria to perform a more specific search through -an address book or directory.

- -

To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or -email address, begin from the Address Book window:

- -
    -
  1. In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, -select the address book or directory that you want to search.
    2. - -
  2. In the "Name or Email contains" field, type the name or -email address that you want to find. You can type only part of the -name or email address, or you can type the exact text that you want -to find. - -

    As soon as you stop typing, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -displays only those entries where the name or email address -contains the search text you entered.

    -
    3. - -
  3. Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.
    4. -
- -

 

- - - - -

Searching for Specific Entries

- -

You can search address books or directories for specific -entries. If you are not already viewing the Advanced Address Book -Search dialog box, begin from the Address Book window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the -Advanced Address Book Search dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Next to "Search in", choose the address book or directory -through which you want to search.
    3. - -
  3. Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search -for entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions -(criteria) that you choose.
    4. - -
  4. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    5. - -
  5. Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. -The search results appear in lower part of the dialog box.
    6. - -
  6. To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that -you want to sort by.
    7. - -
  7. To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click -Properties.
    8. - -
  8. To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more -entries and click Compose.
    9. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - -

Importing Address Books

- -

If you have a Mozilla address book from another user profile -or computer, or if you have an address book from a previous version -of Mozilla Communicator or another mail program, you can import -its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. -Keep in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier -version of Mozilla, your address books are automatically included, -so there's no need to import them.

- -

You can import address books from Communicator, Mozilla 6, -Eudora, Outlook, Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, -tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) -formats). When you import an address book, Mail & Newsgroups -creates a new address book with the imported entries.

- -

You can also import mail messages and -settings from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and Outlook -Express.

- -

To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import -Wizard.
    -
    2. - -
  2. Follow the instructions to import address books.
    3. - -
  3. -

    Tip: Communicator address book files (pab.na2) -are stored in your user profile directory (for example, C:\Program -Files\Mozilla\Users, where \Users contains the user profiles -directories).

    -
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Exporting Address Books

- -

You can export a Mozilla address book if you later want to -import it into another user profile, move it to another computer, -or use it with another program that can import address books. You -can export an address book to one of these file formats: Mozilla -(.ldif), tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text -(.txt) formats.

- -

To export an address book, begin from the Address Book -window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the address book that you want to export.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.
    3. - -
  3. In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location -where you want to save the address book file.
    4. - -
  4. Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, -comma-separated, or tab-delimited).
    5. - -
  5. Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the -appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).
    6. - -
  6. Click Save.
    7. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Adding and Removing LDAP Directories

- -

Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to -search the directory for email addresses and other contact -information. You can also use the directory for address -autocompletion when addressing mail messages.

- -

You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions -provided by your system administrator. Check with your system -administrator for the information you will need in order to add a -new directory to your address book.

- -

To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP -Directory. You see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Type the following information in the Directory Server -Properties dialog box General tab: -


    -
      -
    • Name: Enter the name of the directory service (for -example, InfoSpace Directory).
      • - -
    • Host Name: Enter the name of the host name server, such -as ldap.infospace.com.
      • - -
    • Base DN: This setting is used to set the Base -distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific -country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to -Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on -within the directory (for instance, o=Mozilla Communications -Corporation, c=US).
      • - -
    • Port Number: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. -The default is 389.
      • - -
    • Bind DN: The distinguished name that is used to authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server binds anonymously.
      • - -
    • Use secure connection (SSL): Choose this setting if your -LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are -unsure, contact your system administrator.
      • -
    -
    3. - -
  3. Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server -settings.
    4. - -
  4. Type the following information: -


    -
      -
    • Don't return more than _ results: This setting lets you -limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the -directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches -to display for autocompletion.
      • - -
    • Scope: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one of -the following: -


      -
        -
      • One Level: Retrieves matching entries by searching the -base DN and one level below the base DN.
        • - -
      • Subtree: Retrieves matching entries by searching the -base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the -least restrictive search.
        • -
      -
      • - -
    • Search filter: Enter the search filter to apply to -matching results that are within the specified scope of the -search.
      • -
    - -
  5. Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog -box.
    6. - -
  6. Click OK to close the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box.
    7. - -
  7. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.
    8. -
- -

The directory you added appears in the list of address books in -the Address Book window.

- -

To delete a directory:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. -(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. - -
  3. Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog -box, click Edit Directories.
    4. - -
  4. In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory -that you want to delete and click Delete.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog -box.
    6. -
- -

For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for -offline use so that you can search it or use it for address book -autocompletion while working offline, see Downloading Directory Entries for Offline -Use.

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Directory Server Settings

- -

If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings -dialog box, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.
    2. - -
  2. In the list of address books, select a directory.
    3. - -
  3. Click Properties.
    4. -
- -

General Tab

- - - -

Advanced Tab

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- -

Organizing Your Messages

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Creating a Folder

- -

Renaming a Folder

- -

Moving or Copying a Folder

- -

Filing Messages in Folders

- -

Sharing Folders With Other Users -(IMAP Only)

- -

Labeling Messages

- -

Marking or Flagging Messages

- -

Using Message Views

- -

Creating Message Filters

- -

Searching Through Messages

-
- -

 

- - - -

Creating a Folder

- -

To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the -New Folder dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Type the name of the folder.
    3. - -
  3. Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click -OK. Your new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Renaming a Folder

- -

To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the folder you want to rename.
    2. - -
  2. Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename -Folder dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Type the new name and click OK.
    4. -
- -

Note: If you rename a folder that you've been using to -store filtered messages, the filter -will automatically update to use the renamed folder.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Moving or Copying a Folder

- -

You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, -or move a folder within the same mail account.

- -

To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the folder you want to move or copy.
    2. - -
  2. Do one of the following: -


    -
      -
    • To move the folder under another folder within the same -account, drag the folder over the name of the other folder. The -folder you moved becomes a subfolder of the other folder.
      • - -
    • To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the -name of another account.
      • - -
    • To copy the folder under another folder in another account, -drag the folder over the name of another folder in another account. -The folder you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.
      • -
    -
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - -

Filing Messages in Folders

- -

You can move messages from one folder to another by using either -of these methods:

- - - -

To copy a message from one folder to another:

- -
    -
  1. Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up -menu.
    2. - -
  2. Select "Copy To" and then select the destination account and -folder from the drop-down list.
    3. -
- -

Tip: Alternatively, you can copy a message -between folders by holding down the Shift key while dragging the -message from the message list over another folder.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - - -

Sharing Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)

- -

Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other -users on the same network. Sharing folders allows several users to -see and work with the same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use -shared folders, your IMAP mail server must support Access Control -List (ACL) management. Check with your system administrator or help -desk if you are not sure that shared folders are supported by your -IMAP mail server.

- -

To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to -view sharing information for a folder, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, -or select a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. - -

    Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a -POP mail account cannot be shared.

    -
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.
    3. - -
  3. Click the Sharing tab.
    4. - -
  4. Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network -user name and password. - -

    The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server -allows you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not -available, you can view the folder sharing privileges for this -folder but cannot change them.

    -
    5. - -
  5. Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set -their folder access privileges. -


    -
      -
    • Read privileges: Users can read messages and -copy their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or -copy messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or -unread. See Marking or Flagging Messages -for instructions on flagging messages.
      • - -
    • Read and Write privileges: In addition to Read -privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also -copy or move messages into the folder.
      • - -
    • Manage privileges: In addition to Read and -Write privileges, users can add and remove users and change their -folder permissions.
      • -
    -
    6. - -
  6. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    7. - -
  7. Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.
    8. -
- -

In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder -displays a distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is -shared.

- -

To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to -your shared folder, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the shared folder.
    2. - -
  2. Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder -Location.
    3. - -
  3. Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.
    4. - -
  4. Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose -Paste.
    5. - -
  5. Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. -Tell message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared -folder by clicking the link you pasted into the message. - -

    Only message recipients who share the same network will be able -to subscribe to your shared folder.

    -
    6. - -
  6. Click Send.
    7. -
- -

 

- - - - -

Subscribing to a Shared Folder

- -

Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a -newsgroup. To subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe -dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose -another IMAP mail account.
    3. - -
  3. Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.
    4. - -
  4. Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the -folder. You see a checkmark next to each folder to which you -subscribe. Click Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the -Mail window.
    6. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Labeling Messages

- -

You can apply labels to messages to help you organize and -prioritize them. You can apply a standard color and text label to -messages, or you can customize the label colors or label text to -suit your needs.

- -

One powerful way to use labels is to set up a message filter to -automatically label incoming messages from a specific sender. For -example, you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages -from your boss are labeled "Important" and appear in red. See Creating Message Filters for more -information.

- -

 

- - - -

Applying a Label

- -

To apply a label to a message, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the message you want to label.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Label.
    3. - -
  3. Choose the label you want to apply from the list.
    4. -
- -

The message header changes to the label color you chose. To see -the label text, you must display the Label column in the Mail -window.

- -

Tip: To quickly label messages or remove a -label, select one or more messages and press 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 on -your keyboard. Press 0 to remove a label.

- -

To display the Label column, begin from the Mail window:

- - - -

Note: Message labels apply on a per-account -basis. For example, if you move or copy a labeled message to -another mail account, the label is not preserved. Similarly, if you -forward a labeled message to another recipient, the label is not -preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if your IMAP server supports -user-defined keywords, message labels will persist when you log in -to your mail account from a different location.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Customizing Labels

- -

You can customize label colors or text to suit your needs.

- -

To customize labels, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Labels. (If no -subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to -expand the list.)
    3. - -
  3. Edit the label text, or replace it with your own label text. -The label can be up to 32 characters long.
    4. - -
  4. To change the label color, click the color block next to that -label and select a new color.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. -
- -

Your changes are immediately applied to all labeled messages in -all your mail accounts.

- -

Tip: To restore the default label text and -colors, follow the steps above to display the label settings, and -click Restore Defaults.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Sorting Messages by Label

- -

To sort messages by label, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. To display the Label column if it is hidden, click the -Show/Hide Columns icon and select Label from the list.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Label column to sort messages by label, and within -each label type, to sort messages by date.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Removing Labels

- -

To remove a message label, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select one or more labeled messages.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Label.
    3. - -
  3. Choose "None" for the message label.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Marking or Flagging Messages

- -

You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you -later want to re-read the message or respond to it.

- -

To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. - -
  2. Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as -unread. Messages marked as unread display a symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as -read display a symbol in the Read -column. If the Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide -Columns icon and select Read from the list.
    3. -
- - - - - - - - - - -
Read column
- -

You can flag messages that you later want to download for offline use.

- -

To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. - -
  2. Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. -A flag appears where you clicked to -indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is -not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon and -select Flag from the list.
    3. -
- - - - - - - - - - -
Flag column
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Using Message Views

-

text to come.

- - -

Creating a Custom View

-

text to come.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - -

 

- - - - -

Creating Message Filters

- -

Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. -You can create message filters that Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -uses to automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages -based on criteria you specify. For example, you can create a -message filter that automatically moves incoming messages to a -particular folder. Message filters operate on a per-account -basis.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, -begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the -Message Filters dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you -want to apply the filter.
    3. - -
  3. Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the -types of messages to act on, and the action you want the filter to -perform.
    4. - -
  4. Type a name for the filter.
    5. - -
  5. Select the matching option you want Mail to use: "all of -the following conditions" (criteria) you choose, or "at least -one" of the conditions.
    6. - -
  6. Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for -example, "Subject," "Sender," "contains," "doesn't contain") and -then type the text or phrase you want to match. - -

    Tip: To search for messages that contain a -header not listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you -want to search for messages that include the header Resent-From), -choose Customize and type the header you want to search for. -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups adds your custom header to the -drop-down list, so you can then choose it to search for matching -entries. Make sure you enter the custom header correctly, since -Mail will only find entries that exactly match what you type.

    -
    7. - -
  7. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    8. - -
  8. Use the drop-down list to choose the action you want the filter -to perform on the messages (for example, Move to Folder). - -

    Tip: To automatically label incoming messages, -choose "Label the message" from the drop-down list.

    -
    9. - -
  9. Choose a destination folder in which to store the messages, or -create a new folder.
    10. - -
  10. Click OK to confirm your settings.
    11. - -
  11. Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins -filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.
    12. -
- - - -

To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the -Message Filters dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you -want to apply the filter.
    3. - -
  3. Choose from the following:
    4. - - - - -
  4. Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you -created a new filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon -as you click OK.
    5. -
- -

Note: If you delete a folder that you've been using to -store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming -messages that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. -If you rename or move the folder, the filter will automatically -update to use the renamed or moved folder.

- -

Tip: Filters don't apply to existing messages. If you -have existing messages that you want to move to another folder, you -can search for those messages and -then file them into the other folder.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Filtering Messages From a Specific Sender

- -

You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular -sender. For example, if you want to automatically move all incoming -messages from your child's teacher into a folder called "School", -you can quickly set up a filter to do this.

- -

To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select a message from a specific sender.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Create Filter From Message. -You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email -address, Mozilla prefills the filter name, the filter matching -criteria, and the filter action (Move to folder).
    3. - -
  3. Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming -messages from the specified sender, or create a new folder.
    4. - -
  4. Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the Message Filters dialog box, where you can -create, delete, or edit message filters.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from -the specified sender as soon as you click OK.
    6. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Searching Through Messages

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a -single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a -combination of criteria to perform a thorough search through all -messages in a specific mail folder, newsgroup, or account.

- -

To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This -Message.
    2. - -
  2. Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.
    4. - -
  4. Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or -click Cancel when you are done.
    5. - -
  5. Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for -the text throughout the rest of the message.
    6. -
- -

To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject -or sender, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. To the right of "Subject or Sender contains:", type the subject -text or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part -of the subject or sender, or you can type the exact word or name -that you want to find. - -

    As soon as you stop typing, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -displays only those messages in the selected folder where the -subject or sender contains the search text you entered.

    -
    2. - -
  2. Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in -the selected folder.
    3. -
- -

 

- - - - -

Searching for Specific Messages

- -

You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. -If you are not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, -begin from the Mail window:

-
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the -Search Messages dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Next to "Search for messages in", choose the account, -newsgroup, or folder through which you want to search.
    3. - -
  3. Select "Search subfolders" to include all subfolders in the -search.
    4. - -
  4. Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search -for messages that match all or at least one of the -conditions (criteria) that you choose.
    5. - -
  5. Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for -example, "Subject" and "contains") and then type the text or phrase -that you want to match. - -

    Tip: To search for messages that contain a -header not listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you -want to search for messages that include the header Resent-From), -choose Customize and type the header you want to search for. -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups adds your custom header to the -drop-down list, so you can then choose it to search for matching -entries. Make sure you enter the custom header correctly, since -Mail will only find entries that exactly match what you type.

    -
    6. - -
  6. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    7. - -
  7. Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. -The search results appear in lower part of the Search Messages -dialog box.
    8. - - -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- -

Controlling Junk Mail

-

text to come

- - -

Using Junk Mail Controls

-

text to come

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

-
- - - - - - -

Importing Mail from Other Programs

- -

This section describes how to import mail messages and settings -from Mozilla Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. -To import address books from these programs, see Importing Address Books.

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Importing Mail -Messages

- -

Importing Mail -Settings

-
- -

 

- - - -

Importing Mail Messages

- -

To import mail messages from Mozilla Communicator, Outlook, -Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import -Wizard.
    2. - -
  2. Follow the instructions to import mail messages.
    3. -
- -

For Mozilla Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator -mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added -as a new folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail folders still remain in their original location).

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Importing Mail Settings

- -

To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or -Eudora, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import -Wizard.
    2. - -
  2. Follow the instructions to import mail settings.
    3. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - -
- - - -

Getting Started With Newsgroups

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Subscribing to Newsgroups

- -

Reading Newsgroup -Messages

- -

Posting Newsgroup Messages

- -

Contributing to Ongoing Discussions

- -

Monitoring Threads

- -

Removing a Newsgroup

- -

Adding a Newsgroup Server

-
- -

 

- - - - - -

Subscribing to Newsgroups

- -

If you have set up an account on a -newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also -called discussion groups).

- -

To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe -dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose -another newsgroup account.
    3. - -
  3. Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, -Ctrl+click (Windows and Linux) or Command+click (Macintosh OS) each -additional newsgroup.
    4. - -
  4. Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the -newsgroup. You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you -subscribe. Click Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the -Mail window.
    6. -
- -

If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message -folders located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message -folder.) Follow the instructions above for subscribing, but select -an account from the Account drop-down list. For more information -on sharing folders and subscribing to folders, see Sharing Folders With Other Users (IMAP -Only).

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Reading Newsgroup Messages

- -

When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of -newsgroups to which you subscribe. The server downloads the -headers of new messages in each newsgroup.

- -

To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If -there are no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)
    2. - -
  2. Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.
    3. - -
  3. Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display -all the responses below the original message. You can click any -header to display its message. You can start a new thread or post -a message in response.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Posting Newsgroup Messages

- -

To start new threads (discussions):

- -
    -
  1. From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, -select a newsgroup.
    2. - -
  2. Click Compose.
    3. - -
  3. Compose your message, and -click Send to post it.
    4. - -
  4. Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.
    5. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Contributing to Ongoing Discussions

- -

To post a response to the newsgroup:

- -
    -
  1. In the message list, select a message to reply to.
    2. - -
  2. Click Reply.
    3. - -
  3. Compose your message, and -click Send to post it.
    4. -
- -

To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the -group:

- -
    -
  1. In the message list, select a message to reply to.
    2. - -
  2. Click Reply All.
    3. - -
  3. Compose your message, and click Send to post it.
    4. -
- -

To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Monitoring Threads

- -

To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to -you:

- -
    -
  1. Select a message in a thread.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.
    3. - -
  3. If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 -for messages in additional threads.
    4. - -
  4. When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open -the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads -with Unread. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups only displays the -watched threads that contain unread messages.
    5. - -
  5. Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to -return to viewing all messages in the newsgroup.
    6. -
- -

To ignore a message thread:

- -
    -
  1. Select a message in the thread.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. Mozilla Mail -& Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new -replies posted to the thread will appear as read.
    3. - -
  3. To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, -and then choose Ignored Threads.
    4. -
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Removing a Newsgroup

- -

To remove a newsgroup from your list:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Adding a Newsgroup Server

- -

If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different -server, you must first set up access to that server.

- -

To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in -the Mail window and choose New, then Account.

- - - -

Once you've set up access to the new server, you can subscribe to newsgroups on that server. -In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - -
- -

Working Offline

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Setting Up Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups to Work Offline

- -

Downloading Your Inbox for Offline -Use

- -

Downloading an Individual Folder for -Offline Use

- -

Downloading Selected or Flagged -Messages for Offline Use

- -

Downloading Directory Entries for -Offline Use

- -

Setting Up Your Accounts for Working -Offline

- -

Selecting Items for Offline -Viewing

- -

Downloading and Synchronizing Your -Messages

- -

Working Offline and Reconnecting -Later

-
- -

 

- - - - - -

Setting Up Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you -download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the -Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your -mail and you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you -need to temporarily disconnect from your company's network while -traveling or switching locations, you can download your mail so -that you can read it offline. The offline feature can automatically -download incoming messages and then later send all your outgoing -messages when you reconnect.

- -

If you occasionally want to work offline, Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups lets you easily:

- - - -

If you frequently work offline, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -also lets you:

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Downloading Your Inbox for Offline Use

- -

You can tell Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups to automatically download your Inbox messages for -offline use. Later, when you go back online, Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the -server.

- -

To automatically download your Inbox for offline use, begin from -the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the -account you want to use offline, select Offline & Disk Space. -(This category is not available for POP accounts.)
    3. - -
  3. Check the box labeled "Make the messages in my Inbox available -when I am working offline."
    4. - -
  4. Click OK.
    5. - -
  5. In the folder pane, under the name of the account you want to -use offline, click any folder other than the Inbox. For example, -click the Sent or the Drafts folder. Then click the Inbox folder to -start downloading its messages.
    6. - -
  6. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline -indicator in -the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the -Cookie icon) to go offline.
    7. -
- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all -messages in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while -working offline. After disconnecting, Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups remains open so you can continue to work with your -messages.

- -

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

- - - -

When you go back online, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by -replicating any changes you made while working offline.

- -

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages -that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder -under Local Folders. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the -Preferences command on the Edit menu to change the offline preferences for all -your accounts.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Downloading an Individual Folder for Offline Use

- -

To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you -want to download for offline use.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties dialog box.
    3. - -
  3. Click the Offline tab.
    4. - -
  4. Check "Select this folder for offline use".
    5. - -
  5. Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading -the folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and -when you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.
    6. - -
  6. Click the Online/Offline indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window -to go offline.
    7. - -
  7. In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.
    8. -
- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all -messages in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them -while working offline. After disconnecting, Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups remains open so you can continue to work with your -messages.

- -

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for -reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup -icon.

- -

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

- - - -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the -offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you -made while working offline.

- -

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages -that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder -under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent -Messages from the File menu to send all your saved messages at -once. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically send -your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the Preferences -command on the Edit menu to change your offline preferences.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use

- -

To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. - -
  2. Select the messages you want to download, as follows: -


    -
      -
    • To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first -message, and then Shift-click to select the last message in the -group.
      • - -
    • To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the -Ctrl key (Windows and Linux) or the Command key (Macintosh OS) and -click each message.
      • -
    -
    3. - -
  3. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get -Selected Messages from the submenu. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -downloads the selected messages.
    4. - -
  4. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline -indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left -of the Cookie icon) to go offline.
    5. -
- -

To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. - -
  2. Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. -A flag appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has -been marked. If the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide -Columns icon and select Flag from the list.
    3. - -
  3. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged -Messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged -messages.
    4. - -
  4. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline icon in -the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the -Cookie icon) to go offline.
    5. -
- -

After you disconnect, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups remains -open so you can continue to work with your messages.

- -

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for -reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup -icon.

- -

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

- - - -

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages -that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder -under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent -Messages from the File menu to send all your saved messages at -once. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically send -your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the Preferences -command on the Edit menu to change your offline preferences.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - - -

Downloading Directory Entries for Offline Use

- -

You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server -to your computer so that they are available when you work offline. -Once you've downloaded directory entries, you can use the same -procedure to update your local copy of the entries with the latest -entries on the directory server.

- -

To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline -use:

- -
    -
  1. Make sure you're online.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.
    3. - -
  3. In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want -to download (replicate).
    4. - -
  4. Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory -Server Properties dialog box appears.
    5. - -
  5. Click the Offline tab.
    6. - -
  6. Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your -computer.
    7. - -
  7. If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and -click OK to start the download.
    8. - -
  8. -

    Depending on the number of directory entries, the download -process may take a while, so please be patient.

    -
    9. -
- -

After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the -directory or use it for address autocompletion when composing -messages. After you've been using your local copy of the directory -for a while, you may wish to update it to get the latest entries -from the directory server. To update your local copy, use the -procedure described above.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline

- -

To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the -Offline and Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups -Account Settings dialog box. Once set, you don't need to change -these preferences each time you want to work offline. The offline -and disk space preferences you can set for an account depend on the -type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).

- -

Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your -accounts for offline use:

- -
    -
  1. For each account that you want to work with while offline, use -the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the -Offline & Disk Space preferences for that account. You must -select the items (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download -for offline use. See Selecting Items for -Offline Viewing for more information. - -

    Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the -sections below for information on setting offline and disk space -preferences for IMAP, POP, and Newsgroup -accounts.

    - -

    Tip: To set the Offline & Disk Space preferences for -the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, and then -choose Offline Settings.

    -
    2. - -
  2. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose -Download/Sync Now from the submenu.
    3. - -
  3. Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that -you want to download. - -

    Important: You must select at least one category (mail -messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to -work.

    -
    4. - -
  4. Select "Work offline once download and/or sync is -complete."
    5. - -
  5. Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. -See Downloading and Synchronizing Your -Messages for more information.
    6. -
- -

For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Selecting Items for Offline Viewing

- -

Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, -you must first select them for downloading. You can set up an -entire account for offline use. You can also choose which folders -and newsgroups that you want to use offline.

- -

Note: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase -download time and disk space used.

- -

To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, -begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for the account -you want to change.
    3. - -
  3. Click Select. You see your IMAP accounts, mail folders, and -subscribed newsgroups. - -

    Note: You see only the newsgroups and folders that you've -already subscribed to. POP -accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the list.

    -
    4. - -
  4. Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make -available for offline use.
    5. - -
  5. Click OK.
    6. -
- -

Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you -want to go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can -easily do so before going offline, since the same Select button is -available when using the Download and -Sync command.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages

- -

If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for -offline use, you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If -you haven't yet selected items to download, you can choose them -before you go offline.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, -follow these steps:

- -

To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail -window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose -Download/Sync Now.
    2. - -
  2. Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) -that you want to download. - -

    Important: You must select at least one category (Mail -messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If -the checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected -items to download. Use the Select button to select items to -download.

    -
    3. - -
  3. To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going -offline, check "Send Unsent Messages".
    4. - -
  4. To go offline immediately after Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups -finishes downloading, select "Work offline once download and/or -sync is complete".
    5. - -
  5. To set or change the items to download, click Select. See Selecting Items for Offline Viewing for -more information. You can skip this step if you've already selected -items for download.
    6. - -
  6. Click OK. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the -selected items.
    7. -
- -

If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline -mode. Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the -Online/Offline indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go -offline.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Working Offline and Reconnecting Later

- -

To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail -window.

- -

When you are ready to work offline:

- -
    -
  1. Click the online/offline indicator in the lower-right corner of the Mail -window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts you to download messages, if -you want, before going offline.
    2. - -
  2. Click Download to download messages before going offline. If -you want to work offline without downloading messages, click Don't -Download.
    3. -
- -

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for -reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup -icon.

- -

Tip: To set Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' download -behavior when going offline, open the Edit menu, choose -Preferences, and then click the Offline & Disk Space category. -You can choose to have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to -download messages when going offline, to automatically download -messages, or to not download any messages.

- -

To reconnect and synchronize your messages:

- -
    -
  1. Click the online/offline indicator in the lower-right -corner of any Mozilla window.
    2. - -
  2. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose -Download/Sync Now.
    3. -
- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with -the server by replicating any changes you made while working -offline.

- -

Tip: To set Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' behavior when -going online, open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then -choose the Offline & Disk Space category. You can choose to -have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to send unsent -messages, to automatically send unsent messages, or to not send -unsent messages.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings

- -

This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups -Account Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, -which applies settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups -Account Settings dialog box lets you specify settings on a -per-account basis.

- -

If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups -Account Settings dialog box, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Begin from the Mail window.
    2. - -
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings.
    3. - -
  3. Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view -or change.
    4. -
- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Account -Settings

- -

Server Settings

- -

Copies & -Folders

- -

Addressing

- -

Offline & Disk Space

- -

Return Receipts

- -

Security

- -

Local Folders

- -

Outgoing Server -(SMTP)

-
- -

 

- - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Account Settings

- -

This section describes how to view or change your Account -Settings, such as your user name, reply-to address, and signature -file. If you are not already viewing the Account Settings, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings -panel.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -

 

- - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings

- -

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail -servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your -Internet service provider supports, ask your service provider. If -your Internet service provider supports both, the following -descriptions may help you choose which one to use.

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

About Internet Message Access Protocol -(IMAP)

- -

About Internet Post Office Protocol -(POP)

- -

IMAP Server Settings

- -

Advanced IMAP Server Settings

- -

POP Server Settings

- -

News Server -Settings

-
- -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

About Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP)

- -

Advantages: Your messages and any changes to them stay on -your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access -to an updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple -locations. Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially -download message headers only.

- -

Disadvantages: Not all ISPs support IMAP.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

About Post Office Protocol (POP)

- -

Advantages: Your messages are downloaded to your local -computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep -copies of the messages on the server and delete messages on the -server when they are deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support -POP.

- -

Disadvantages: If you use more than one computer, -messages might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP -doesn't work as well as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you -can't access all mail folders from multiple locations.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

IMAP Server Settings

- -

If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server settings.)
    3. -
- - - -

 

- - - - - -

Advanced IMAP Server Settings

- -

In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically -supplied by the server. If you are unsure about the settings for -this dialog box, contact your ISP or system administrator.

- -

If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server -settings, begin from the Mail window.

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings -category.
    3. - -
  3. If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click -Advanced to set additional IMAP options, such as: -


    -
      -
    • the IMAP server directory path
      • - -
    • showing only "subscribed folders"
      • - -
    • support for subfolders
      • - -
    • any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this -directory
      • - -
    -
    4. -
- -

For more information, see Adding and -Removing LDAP Directories.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

POP Server Settings

- -

If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category -name. (If you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you -see your POP server settings.)
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

News Server Settings

- -

This section describes how to change news server settings. If -you are not already viewing news server settings, begin from the -Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. -(If you chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you -see your newsgroup server settings.)
    3. -
- - - -
-

Note: The path to the newsrc file is displayed for your -information. The newsrc file stores information about the -newsgroups to which you are subscribed, and the messages you have -read in each newsgroup.

-
- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & -Folders

- -

This section describes the settings for sending automatic -copies, and for storing copies of outgoing messages, message -drafts, and message templates.

- -

By default, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your -outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the -Drafts folder and message templates in the Templates folder for the -current account.

- -

If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & -Folders, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the -Copies & Folders panel.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Addressing

- -

You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server -settings specified for all address books in the -Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of -address autocompletion, and you can -change these settings for each account if necessary.

- -

Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching -entries when you type email addresses in the addressing area of the -Compose window.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the account and click the Addressing category.
    3. -
- - - -

The directory you select will also be searched for matching -certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one -or more recipients for whom you don't have certificates on -file.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Offline & Disk -Space

- -

Offline & Disk Space settings let you conserve disk space or -set up an account so that you can use it while offline -(disconnected from the Internet). The settings available depend on -the mail server type (IMAP, POP, or News) associated with the -account.

- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Offline and Disk Space Settings -(IMAP)

- -

Disk Space Settings (POP)

- -

Offline and Disk Space Settings -(News)

-
- -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Offline and Disk Space Settings (IMAP)

- -

If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space -preferences for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for an IMAP -account.
    3. -
- - - -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Disk Space Settings (POP)

- -

Messages from POP accounts are always downloaded to your local -machine. This section describes how you can save disk space for a -POP account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space -preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:

- -

Begin from the Mail window.

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.
    3. -
- - - -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - -

Offline and Disk Space Settings (News)

- -

If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space -settings for a News account, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for a News -account.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts

- -

This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account -settings. If you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts -settings, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.
    3. -
- -

You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt -settings for outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use -the Return Receipt settings to specify how to manage requests you -receive for return receipts. These settings override global return -receipt preferences you specified using Mail & Newsgroups Preferences -- Return Receipts.

- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Security

- -

This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroup -Account Settings that control mail message security. Before you do -so, however, you must obtain one or more mail certificates. For -details, see Signing & Encrypting -Messages.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your -mail account, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings.
    2. - -
  2. Click Security under the name of the mail account whose -security settings you want to configure.
    3. -
- -

 

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

- -

About Certificates

- -

Digital Signing

- -

Encryption

-
- -

 

- -

About Certificates

- -

The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroup -Account Settings is to select two certificates:

- - - -

Depending on the policies of the certificate authority -(CA) that issues your certificate(s), you can use one -certificate for both purposes or two different certificates. Even -if you use just one, you must specify it twice, once for digital -signing and once for encryption.

- -

The certificates you select here are included with every signed -message you send. These certificates allow your recipients to -verify your digital signature and to encrypt messages that they -send to you.

- -

 

- -

Digital Signing

- -

You use the Digital Signing area in the Security panel to specify how you want to -sign your email messages:

- - - -

Regardless of whether the "Digitally sign messages" checkbox is -selected here, you can change your mind before you send an -individual message.

- -

To change the digital signature setting for a message you are -writing in the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security -icon near the top of the window and select or deselect "Digital -Sign This Message". For details, see Signing & Encrypting a New -Message.

- -

 

- -

Encryption

- -

You use the Encryption area in the Security panel to specify how you -routinely want to use encryption when sending your messages:

- - - -

Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change -your mind before you send an individual message.

- -

To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing -in the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near -the top of the window and choose the encryption setting you want. -For details, see Signing & -Encrypting a New Message.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Local Folders

- -

Local Folders is the account where Mozilla Mail & -Newsgroups saves any messages that you send while working offline. -Messages you send while working offline are saved in the Unsent -Messages folder under Local Folders. Any folders you create under -the Local Folders account reside on your hard disk, so Local -Folders is a good place to save messages that you want to keep.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin -from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the Local Folders category.
    3. -
- - - -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server -(SMTP)

- -

Even if you have multiple mail or news accounts, you generally -need to specify only one outgoing (SMTP) server to handle the -delivery of your outgoing mail.

- -

If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) -settings, begin from the Mail window:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog -box.
    2. - -
  2. Select the Outgoing Server (SMTP) category.
    3. -
- - - -

 

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- -
- - - -

Mail & Newsgroup Preferences

- -

The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups -preferences that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To -see these preferences:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. - -

    (Mac OS X) Open the Mozilla menu and choose Preferences.

    -
    2. - -
  2. Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the -list.
    3. -
- -

 

- - - - - -
In this section: - -

Mail & -Newsgroups

- -

Windows

- -

Message Display

- -

Notifications

- -

Composition

- -

Send Format

- -

Addressing

- -

Labels

- -

Return Receipts

- -

Offline & Disk Space -Preferences

-
- -

 

- - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & Newsgroups

- -

This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups -preferences. If you are not already viewing the Mail & -Newsgroups main preferences, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Windows

-

text to come

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message Display

- -

Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are -displayed (for example, font style and color) in all accounts. If -you are not already viewing the Message Display settings, follow -these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message -Display. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & -Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications

-

text to come

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition

- -

Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for -example, forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all -accounts. If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. -(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format

- -

Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to -format your outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the -Send Format settings, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. -(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. -
- - - -

For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients -that have the same domain name (for example, your colleagues all -have email addresses that end in "netscape.net"), and you know that -this domain name is capable of displaying HTML messages, then you -can add the netscape.net domain to the list of HTML Domains so that -Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send messages in HTML -format to these recipients.

- -

Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain -that you know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add -that domain name to the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail -& Newsgroups automatically sends messages to that domain in -plain-text format.

- -

Note: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) -mail messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use -mail programs that can display HTML formatting properly. Send -Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format -messages that go to recipients who cannot display HTML-formatted -mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format them only as -HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These preferences -apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and not -to newsgroup messages.

- -

Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, -you can specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted -messages. However, when this information is unknown, you can set -Send Format preferences for how Mail & Newsgroups formats these -messages.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- -

 

- - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing

- -

Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for -Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email -address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not -already viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the -Preferences dialog box.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. -(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Labels

- -

This section describes how to use the Labels preferences panel. -You use the Labels preferences to define the label text and colors -for message labels. If you are not currently viewing the panel, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Labels. (If no -options are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups -category to expand the list.)
    3. -
- - - -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - - -

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts

- -

This section describes how to use the Return Receipts -preferences panel. If you are not currently viewing the Return -Receipts panel, follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return -Receipts. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & -Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. -
- -

You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt -settings for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You -also use the Return Receipt preferences to specify how to manage -requests you receive for return receipts.

- - - -

To override these global preferences for individual accounts, -see Mail & Newsgroups Account -Settings - Return Receipts.

- -

[ Return to beginning of -section ]

- - - - - -

Offline & Disk Space Preferences

- -

This section describes how to use the Offline & Disk Space -preferences panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, -follow these steps:

- -
    -
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. - -
  2. Click Offline & Disk Space.
    3. -
- -

The Offline & Disk Space preferences allow you to set -preferences for working offline, going online, and disk space.

- - - -

See Working Offline for -information on working offline.

- -

[ Return to -beginning of section ]

- -
-

24 January 2003 -

- -
-

Copyright © 1994-2003 Mozilla Communications -Corporation.

- - - + + + + +Using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups + + + + + + + + + +
This document is provided by Mozilla for your information only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a recommendation by Mozilla about what constitutes adequate privacy and security protection on the Internet.
+
+

Using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all +your Internet communications from one place. You can set up and +maintain multiple business and personal mail accounts and Internet +newsgroups, all from one window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.

+ +

To start using Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups:

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
 Mail & Newsgroups icon
+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Getting Started with Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups

+ +

Reading Messages

+ +

Sending Messages

+ +

Creating HTML Mail Messages

+ +

Using Attachments

+ +

Deleting Messages

+ +

Using Address Books

+ +

Organizing Your Messages

+ +

Controlling Junk Mail

+ +

Importing Mail from Other +Programs

+ +

Getting Started with +Newsgroups

+ +

Working Offline

+ +

Signing & +Encrypting Messages

+ +

Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings

+ +

Mail & Newsgroup +Preferences

+
+ + + +
+ +

Getting Started with Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Using the Mail Account Setup +Wizard

+ +

Setting Up Additional Mail and News +Accounts

+ +

Changing the Settings for an +Account

+ +
+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +

Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard

+ + + +

To set up a mail or newsgroup account, first open the Window +menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't already set +up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling +you to set up an account.

+ +

The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a +new account. If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your +Internet service provider (ISP) or help desk.

+ +

If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear +automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening +the Mail window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. +For more details, see Setting Up +Additional Mail & News Accounts.

+ +

 

+ +

Setting Up Mail Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider

+ +

Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider +should give you the following information:

+ + + +

Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email +provider should give you the following information:

+ + + +

To set up a new mail or newsgroup account, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. + +

    The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the +type of new account you specify in its first window. The boldface +headings that follow correspond to the windows you'll see when +you're setting up an ISP or email provider account.

    +
    3. + +
  3. New Account Setup: Choose the type of account you want +to set up, then click Next.
    4. + +
  4. Identity: Enter the name and email address appropriate +for this account, then click Next.
    5. + +
  5. Server Information: Indicate whether you want a POP +account or an IMAP account. Not all service providers can support +both options. For more information, see Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server +Settings. + + +

    You must also provide the name of your incoming mail server and your outgoing (SMTP) server here. This is the name of the mail server that sends your messages +(also known as the SMTP host). Click Next to continue.

    + + +

    Note: You need to specify only one outgoing mail server +(SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of your +SMTP host may not have been explicitly listed in the account setup +information provided to you. For example, your SMTP host may be the +same as your POP or IMAP host. If in doubt, contact your ISP or +system administrator.

    +
    6. + +
  6. User Name: Enter the user name provided by your ISP or +email provider, then click Next.
    7. + +
  7. Account Name: Enter whatever name you want to use to +refer to this account, then click Next.
    8. + +
  8. Congratulations! Verify that the information you entered +is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with +your ISP or system administrator. When you are sure that it's +correct, click Finish to set up your account.
    9. + +
  9. You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail +& Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start +using your new account.
    10. +
+ +

You are now ready to retrieve messages from your account. For +detailed instructions, see Getting New +Messages.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Setting Up Additional Mail and News Accounts

+ +

You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or +to change information for an existing account, including:

+ + + +

To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, +begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box. You can perform these tasks:
    2. + + + + +
  2. Click headings under any account's name and modify the +corresponding settings in the panel on the right.
    3. + +
  3. Click OK to save your changes.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + +

 

+ +

Changing the Settings for an Account

+ +

To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup +account, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account +Settings dialog box. You see information about the account, such as +your email address and signature file, in the right side of the +dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see +the corresponding settings:
    4. + + + + +
  4. Click OK to save your changes.
    5. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +
+ +

Reading Messages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Getting New Messages

+ +

Keeping Messages As New

+ +

Choosing How You View the Mail +Window

+ +

Sorting and Threading Messages

+ +

Saving and Printing Messages

+ +

Controlling Images, Scripts, and +Plug-ins

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Getting New Messages

+ +

For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically +and display them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and +selecting the Inbox for the IMAP account.

+ +

For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs +to retrieve your messages. By default, messages from your POP +account are deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You +can change your POP server settings to +store a copy of messages on the server in addition to downloading +them to your computer.

+ +

You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at +startup and to check for new messages at timed intervals.

+ + + + + + + + + + +
 Mail & Newsgroups icon
+ +

The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a +green arrow to notify you when new messages have arrived.

+ + + + + + + + + + +
 New mail notification
+ +

To set up a mail account to automatically check for new +messages, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the +Server Settings category for that account.
    3. + +
  3. Select one or both of the following options in the Server +Settings section:
    4. + + + + +
  4. Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups.
    5. +
+ +

To set up Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or +display an alert when new mail arrives, see Mail & Newsgroups Preferences +- Mail & Newsgroups.

+ +

You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get +new messages for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the +following:

+ + + +

To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail +toolbar.
    2. + +
  2. Choose Get All New Messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. + +

    If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, +Mail & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and +password before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you +have already stored your user name and password using the Password +Manager, Mail & Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this +information.)

    +
    3. +
+ +

Note: You can also open the File menu (in the +Mail window) and choose "Get New Messages for".

+ +

To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail +toolbar.
    2. + +
  2. Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.
    3. +
+ +

Note: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password +the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose +to have Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password +Manager at that time.

+ +

Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on +your own computer and enter them for you automatically. For more +information, see Using the Password +Manager.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Choosing How You View the Mail Window

+ +

You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you +see when you choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window +menu):

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Sorting and Threading Messages

+ +

To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or +priority, begin from the Mail window:

+ + + +

To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:

+ + + +

To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is +grouped with all its responses:

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
     
 Thread button
+ +

Tip: To help you identify unread messages in a +collapsed thread where you've read the parent message, Mozilla +Mail & Newsgroups underlines the parent message.

+ +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + +

Saving and Printing Messages

+ +

To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express +file:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Mail window, select the message.
    2. + +
  2. Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose +File.
    3. + +
  3. For "Save as type", choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail +file). Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can +be opened by Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.
    4. + +
  4. Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, +depending on the file type you chose in step 3.
    5. + +
  5. Choose a destination for the file and click Save.
    6. +
+ +

To print a selected message:

+ + + +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of section +]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plug-ins

+ +

By default, you can view remote images in the mail messages you +receive. To avoid downloading images embedded in web pages sent as +message attachments:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Privacy & Security category, click Images. (If no +subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to +expand the list.)
    3. + +
  3. Check "Do not load remote images in Mail & Newsgroup +messages".
    4. + +
  4. Click OK to have your change take affect.
    5. +
+ +

By default, JavaScript is not enabled and plug-ins are enabled +for mail messages you receive. To change these settings:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plug-ins. (If +no subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the +list.)
    3. + +
  3. Under "Enable JavaScript for", check "Mail & Newsgroups" to +enable JavaScript for web pages viewed in mail messages.
    4. + +
  4. Under "Enable Plug-ins for", uncheck "Mail & Newsgroups" to +disable plug-ins.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK to have your changes take affect.
    6. +
+ +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of section +]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + + + +

Sending Messages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Composing Mail and Newsgroup +Messages

+ +

Using the Message Composition +Window

+ +

Addressing a Message

+ +

Selecting Message Sending +Options

+ +

Unsending a Message

+ +

Replying to a Message

+ +

Forwarding a Message

+ +

Confirming That Your Message +Was Opened

+ +

Checking Message Status

+ +

Saving and Editing a Message +Draft

+ +

Creating and Using Templates

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Composing Mail and Newsgroup Messages

+ +

You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by +doing one of the following:

+ + + +

Tip: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings +dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for +composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a +different editor for each of your accounts.) Select the account, and check "Compose +messages in HTML format" to use the HTML text editor for all +messages. See Changing the Settings for an +Account for more information.

+ +

Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use +different fonts, text styles (such as bold or italic) and text +colors, tables, numbered or bulleted lists, and pictures in your +messages. However, some recipients may only be able to read +messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the +plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key +while clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the +plain-text editor on an as-needed basis.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Using the Message Composition Window

+ +

Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and +newsgroup messages. First specify whether you want to compose +messages in plain text or HTML in the Account Settings Preferences +panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings).

+ +

To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the +Mail toolbar.

+ +

The Compose window contains the following:

+ + + +

If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you +see an additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to +those in Mozilla Composer.

+ +

For help using the HTML editor, see Formatting Your Web Pages.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Addressing a Message

+ +

To address a mail message:

+ +
    +
  1. Type the name in the addressing area.
    2. + + +

    If you have address autocompletion +enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first few letters of +the recipient's name and wait for Mail & Newsgroups to complete +the address. (Or you can type part of the name and immediately +press Enter to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete the +address.)

    + + +
  2. If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and +press Enter.
    3. + + +

    Note: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the +same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. +For example, multiple entries might be:

    +

    user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net

    + + +
  3. If you want this message to be sent from a different account, +click the "From" field to select the account you want. See Changing the Account From Which a Message is Sent +for more information.
    4. + +
  4. If necessary, click "To" to choose a different recipient +type:
    5. + +
  5. +
      +
    • To: For primary recipients of your message.
      • + +
    • Cc: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).
      • + +
    • Bcc: For secondary recipients not identified to the +other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon +copy).
      • + +
    • Reply-To: For recipients to reply to a different email +address other than the one the message is sent from.
      • + +
    • Newsgroup: For posting to a newsgroup.
      • + +
    • Followup-To: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so +that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup +instead of the original newsgroup.
      • +
    +
    6. +
+ +

Tip: You can quickly address a message by clicking the +email address contained in a message you're reading, and then +selecting Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.

+ + + +

Changing the Account From Which a Message is Sent

+ +

If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the +From field is based on the account (or server) you selected when +you choose to create a new message. However, Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups also allows you to change the account a message is sent +from while you're composing a message. Click the From field to view +a list of your accounts and then select the account you want. A +copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of the account +where you sent the message from.

+ +

About Address Autocompletion

+ +

Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from +the Compose window without having to search for names or type +complete names. Mail & Newsgroups automatically checks your +address books and an LDAP +directory server (if available) and completes the name if it finds +a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by showing all possible +choices with additional information if it finds multiple matches. +Address autocompletion is enabled by default.

+ +

If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups +provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then +enter an alternate address.

+ +

To disable address autocompletion:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If +no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list).
    3. + +
  3. In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect "Local Address +Books" and "Directory Server."
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Selecting Message Sending Options

+ +

While you're composing a message, you can select these +additional message sending options from the Options menu:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Replying to a Message

+ +

To reply to a mail message:

+ + + +

To include the original message each time you reply to any +message, and to specify how to place the original message in the +reply:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no subcategories are visible, +double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the +list.)
    3. + +
  3. Select "Automatically quote the original message when +replying."
    4. + +
  4. Specify where in the message to place your reply. "Start my +reply above the quoted text" is the default.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Forwarding a Message

+ +

When you forward a message, you can specify how to place new +text relative to the original text: inline (in the body of +the message; this is the default), or as an attachment.

+ +

To forward a message:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the message and click Forward.
    2. + +
  2. Type the name or email address of the recipient.
    3. + +
  3. Click Send.
    4. +
+ +

To set the default for forwarding messages:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no subcategories are visible, +double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the +list.)
    3. + +
  3. For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or +As Attachment.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+ +

Tip: To override the default for forwarding a +message, select the message, open the Message menu, and choose +Forward As, then choose Inline or Attachment.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +

Confirming That Your Message Was Opened

+ +

You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has +displayed (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail +program that supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) +standard. Keep in mind that the recipient may choose not to send +you a return receipt, even if you've requested one. Messages you +send to a newsgroup address will not include a return receipt +request, since news servers don't support this feature.

+ +

To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the +global Return Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you +receive for return receipts. You can override these global +preferences for individual accounts.

+ +

To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:

+ + + +

To automatically request return receipts when sending messages +from each of your mail accounts:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Return Receipts. (If +no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to +expand the list.)
    3. + +
  3. Select "When sending messages, always request a return +receipt."
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+ +

For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see +Mail & Newsgroups +Preferences - Return Receipts.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Saving and Editing a Message Draft

+ +

To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it +later:

+ + + +

To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Drafts folder +for the account where you created the message draft.
    2. + +
  2. Click the message that you want to edit.
    3. + +
  3. In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft +button.
    4. + +
  4. Edit the message as necessary.
    5. + +
  5. Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the +message so you can complete it later.
    6. + +
  6. +

    Note: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts +folder.

    +
    7. +
+ +

Tip: You can also double-click the message to open it for +editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is +closed.
+

+ +

To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Drafts folder +for the account where you created the message drafts.
    2. + +
  2. Select the message drafts that you want to delete.
    3. + +
  3. Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Creating and Using Templates

+ +

Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages +that you send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can +save a message as a template from any window in which it is +displayed, including from within a Mail compose window.

+ +

To save a message to use as a template:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and +then set the default font, text size, text color, background color, +and any other default formatting you want.
    2. + +

    Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the +formatting you want.

    + +
  2. While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save +As, then choose Template. The message is stored as a template in +the Templates folder for the current mail account.
    3. +
+ +

To compose a message using a template:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account +where you created the message template.
    2. + +
  2. Double-click the message template to open it.
    3. + +
  3. Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) +or send it.
    4. + +
  4. +

    Note: Sending the message does not remove the template +from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future +use.

    +
    5. +
+ +

To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Templates +folder for the account where you created the message +templates.
    2. + +
  2. Select the message templates that you want to delete.
    3. + +
  3. Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of section +]

+ +

 

+ + + + +
+ +

Creating HTML Mail Messages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Using HTML in Your Messages

+ +

Choosing HTML Message Sending +Options

+ +

Specifying Recipients for HTML +Messages

+ +

Viewing the Message Source for HTML +Messages

+ +

Using the HTML Mail Question +Dialog Box

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Using HTML in Your Messages

+ +

HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and +tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not +be able to receive HTML messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +allows you to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the +HTML (rich-text) formatting editor or the plain-text editor for +each mail account you have. In addition, you can choose whether +your addressees should receive HTML or plain-text messages by +default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle messages when +it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted mail.

+ +

To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for +composing messages, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.
    3. + +
  3. Select "Compose messages in HTML format." You see the +Formatting toolbar in the Compose window. Leave this box unchecked +to use the plain-text editor for this account.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Editing or Inserting HTML Elements

+ +

If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can +edit or insert additional HTML tags, style attributes, and +JavaScript in your mail message. If you are not sure how to work +with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. To work with +HTML code, use one of these methods:

+ + + +

For more information on editing HTML source code, see Using the Advanced Property +Editor.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options

+ +

By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending +HTML messages when it's not known whether the recipient's mail +program can display HTML-formatted messages.

+ +

To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from +the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no subcategories +are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to +expand the list). + +

    Note: This preference applies only to mail messages, not +to newsgroup messages.

    +
    3. + +
  3. Select the option you want and then click OK.
    4. +
+ +

If while composing a message you realize that one or more +recipients may not be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can +easily convert the message to a different format when you click +Send:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose +Format.
    2. + +
  2. Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the submenu:
    3. + + + + +
  3. When you've finished composing the message, click Send.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages

+ +

You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your +address books prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text +messages.

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. + +
  2. Select the address book on the left and then select the +individual's card on the right.
    3. + +
  3. Click Properties to display the "Card for" dialog box.
    4. + +
  4. In the Name tab, use the "Prefers to receive messages formatted +as" drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can +read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, +images, or tables).
    5. + +

    If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no +formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not +sure, choose Unknown.

    + +

    If you choose Unknown, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups determines +the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & +Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups +still can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to +choose a sending format when you send the message.

    + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Viewing the Message Source for HTML Messages

+ +

You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an +HTML message you've received:

+ +
    +
  1. In the message list window, open the message.
    2. + +
  2. Open the View menu and choose Message Source.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box

+ +

The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a +message to someone whose mail program may not be able to display +HTML messages or when Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine +whether your recipient can display HTML messages. If you are in +doubt, send the message in both HTML and plain-text formats.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +
+ +

Using Attachments

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Attaching a File or Web Page

+ +

Viewing and Opening +Attachments

+ +

Saving Attachments

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Attaching a File or Web Page

+ +

To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and +choose Attach File. You see the "Enter file to attach" dialog +box. + +

    Tip: You can also click inside the Attachments area to +attach a file.

    +
    2. + +
  2. Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file +from your hard drive that you want to attach.
    3. + +
  3. Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: You can also drag and drop one or more files from +your desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.

+ +

To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web +Page.
    2. + +
  2. In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. +The web page URL appears in the Attachments area.
    3. +
+ +

Tip: When you are viewing a page in the Navigator +browser, you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu +and choosing Send Page.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Viewing and Opening Attachments

+ +

If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type +that Mozilla can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), +you see the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the +message). For other file types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open +the attachment using another application, or you can save the +attachment on your hard disk.

+ +

To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your +computer that can open files of the same type as the attachment's +file format. For example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make +sure you have a program on your computer that can open .DOC +files.

+ +

To open an attachment:

+ +
    +
  1. Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than +one).
    2. + +
  2. In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want Mozilla to +do with the attachment: +


    +
      +
    • If Mozilla finds an application on your hard disk that can +open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that +application. Click "Choose" to use a different application to open +the attachment.
      • + +
    • If Mozilla can't find an application on your hard disk that +can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You won't be +able to open the attachment, but at least you can save it on your +hard disk until you can install an application that can open +it.
      • + +
    • Click "Advanced" to add a new file type to the list of helper +applications. Mozilla uses helper applications to determine how +different file types are opened by other applications from within +Mozilla. For more information, see Managing Different File +Types.
      • +
    +
    3. + +
  3. Click OK.
    4. + +
+ +

Note: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail +server, all attachments remain on the server.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Saving Attachments

+ +

To save an attachment:

+ +
    +
  1. In the right side of the message envelope, under "Attachments," select the +attachment that you want to save.
    2. + +
  2. Right-click (Control-click on Macintosh) the attachment and +choose Save As from the pop-up menu.
    3. + +
  3. Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard +disk and then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the +attachment and saves it to the specified location.
    4. +
+ +

Tip: To save all attachments, right-click the first one +in the attachment list, and choose Save All. You can then specify +the location where you want all the attachments to be saved.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +
+ +

Deleting Messages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Deleting POP or IMAP Messages

+ +

Moving Messages to and from the +Trash

+ +
+ +

 

+ + + +

Deleting POP or IMAP Messages

+ +

How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or +IMAP. Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash +folder. IMAP users can set different options for deleting +messages.

+ +

To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from +the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By +default, Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the +Trash folder.
    2. + +
  2. To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose +Empty Trash.
    3. +
+ +

To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide, and then uncheck +Message Pane. + +

    Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area +centered at the bottom of the message list) to close the message +pane.

    +
    2. + +
  2. In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.
    3. +
+ +

To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server +Settings category under the account name.
    3. + +
  3. Select the options you want for +deleting messages and click OK.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Moving Messages To and From the Trash

+ +

If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up +IMAP to use the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages +from your Inbox or other folders:

+ +
    +
  1. In the message list, select the messages you want to +delete.
    2. + +
  2. Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the +Trash folder.
    3. +
+ +

To recover messages from the Trash:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Trash folder.
    2. + +
  2. Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to +another folder.
    3. +
+ +

To delete messages permanently:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + +

 

+ + + +
+ +

Using Address Books

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

About Address Books

+ +

Adding Entries to Your Address +Books

+ +

Creating a New Address Book

+ +

Creating a New Address Book +Card

+ +

Creating a Mailing List

+ +

Editing a Mailing List

+ +

Searching Address Books and +Directories

+ +

Importing Address Books

+ +

Exporting Address Books

+ +

Adding and Removing LDAP Directories

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

About Address Books

+ +

Address books store email addresses and contact information for +people you typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and +family. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two +address books: the Personal Address Book and the Collected +Addresses Book—and you can create additional address books as +well. You can also import address books from other mail programs +and previous versions of Mozilla. The contents of these address +books are stored locally on your hard disk.

+ +

Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP +directory, which is located on an LDAP directory server. The +directory server stores email addresses of people that are not +included in your locally-stored address books. The Lightweight +Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an industry-standard method for +accessing Internet or intranet directory services such as corporate address +books.

+ +

Personal Address Book

+ +

Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your +choice. You can create mailing lists and edit individual address +entries.

+ +

Collected Addresses

+ +

By default, the Collected Address Book automatically collects the email addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing messages are stored in the Collected Address Book as soon as you click Send. The Collected Address Book can also save the sender's address in each incoming message. To enable this feature, you must change the preferences for email address +collection. The preferences also let you choose which types of addresses you want to collect (only addresses from mail messages or addresses from both mail and newsgroup messages).

+ +

LDAP Directory (if available)

+ +

An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) +stores email addresses of recipients who are not in your +locally-stored address books. LDAP directories offer you access to +large, centrally maintained databases of email addresses, which is +especially useful with address +autocompletion.

+ +

Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If +no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. + +
  3. Under Email Address Collection, choose whether you want +to: +


    +
      +
    • Use this feature for incoming or outgoing messages, or +both.
      • + +
    • Use this feature for newsgroup messages.
      • + +
    • Limit the size of the Collected Address book. The default size +is 700 cards. If you add a new card that exceeds the limit, the +oldest card is removed and the new card is added, keeping the total +number of cards the same.
      • +
    +
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+


+

Opening the Address Book Window

+ +

To open the Address Book window:

+ + +


+

Changing the Address Book Window Display

+ +

To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are +displayed:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the +Address Book window.
    2. + +
  2. In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from +the following display options:
    3. + +
  3. +
      +
    • Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck +(hide) or check (show).
      • + +
    • Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names +displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).
      • + +
    • Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.
      • +
    +
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Adding Entries to Your Address Books

+ +

You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your +address books:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Creating a New Address Book

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal +address book, but you can create additional address books.

+ +

To create a new address book:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any Mozilla window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book +window. + + + + + + + + + + +
    Address Book icon
    +
    2. + +
  2. In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and +choose Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Creating a New Address Book Card

+ +

Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, +email addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the +addressee prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted +messages.

+ +

To create an address book card for an individual:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the +Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. + +
  2. Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the +one to which you want to add a card.)
    3. + +
  3. Each New Card dialog box has four tabs:
    4. + +
  4. +
      +
    • Name: Enter the following information: +


      +
        +
      • First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to +appear in the address book).
        • + +
      • Display name (the name that appears in the "To" field of the +Compose window).
        • + +
      • Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).
        • + +
      • Email address (primary and additional address).
        • + +
      • Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this +recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that +include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient +can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then +choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose +Unknown. If you choose Unknown, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +determines the sending format based on the Mail & Newsgroups +Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & +Newsgroups still can't determine the correct format, Mail & +Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending format when you send +the message.
        • + +
      • Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)
        • +
      +
      • + +
    • Address: Type additional information such as street +address, phone number, and URL. + + + + + + +

      Tip: If you enter address information, Mozilla +displays a Get Map button next to the address when you view this +entry's address book card in your address book. Clicking the Get +Map button displays a web page that contains a map to the +address.

      + +

      Store any additional information you +want. +

      • +
    +
    5. +
+ +

Tip: To quickly add entries to your address book, click +any email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address +Book from the drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where +you can complete the information.

+ +

 

+ + + +

Viewing or Editing Card Properties

+ +

To view or edit the properties for an individual card:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book +window.
    2. + +
  2. Click Properties.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Creating a Mailing List

+ +

If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can +quickly address a message by using a mailing list that contains the +names you want.

+ +

To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Address Book window, click New List.
    2. + +
  2. Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog +box: + +
      +
    • Click the drop-down list at "Add to" to choose an address book +in which to store the list.
      • + +
    • List name: When you enter the list name in the "To" field of a +message, everyone on the list receives your message.
      • + +
    • List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.
      • + +
    • Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of +the Compose window.
      • +
    +
    3. +
  3. Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. +
+ +

In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list +appears underneath the address book you added it to.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Editing a Mailing List

+ +

Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you +created them.

+ +

To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. + +
  2. Expand the address book containing your mailing list by +clicking the small triangle beside the address book title.
    3. + +
  3. Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list +members appear to the right of the mailing list name.
    4. + +
  4. Click the entry you wish to delete.
    5. + +
  5. Click the Delete button.
    6. +
+ +

To add members to a mailing list:

+ +
    +
  1. Open Window menu and choose Address Book.
    2. + +
  2. Expand the address book containing your mailing list by +clicking the small triangle beside the address book title.
    3. + +
  3. Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.
    4. + +
  4. Click Properties.
    5. + +
  5. Add or remove entries as necessary.
    6. + +
  6. Click OK when you are done.
    7. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Searching Address Books and Directories

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an +address book or directory by name or email address, or use a +combination of criteria to perform a more specific search through +an address book or directory.

+ +

To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or +email address, begin from the Address Book window:

+ +
    +
  1. In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, +select the address book or directory that you want to search.
    2. + +
  2. In the "Name or Email contains" field, type the name or +email address that you want to find. You can type only part of the +name or email address, or you can type the exact text that you want +to find. + +

    As soon as you stop typing, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +displays only those entries where the name or email address +contains the search text you entered.

    +
    3. + +
  3. Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.
    4. +
+ +

 

+ + + + +

Searching for Specific Entries

+ +

You can search address books or directories for specific +entries. If you are not already viewing the Advanced Address Book +Search dialog box, begin from the Address Book window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the +Advanced Address Book Search dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Next to "Search in", choose the address book or directory +through which you want to search.
    3. + +
  3. Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search +for entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions +(criteria) that you choose.
    4. + +
  4. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    5. + +
  5. Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. +The search results appear in lower part of the dialog box.
    6. + +
  6. To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that +you want to sort by.
    7. + +
  7. To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click +Properties.
    8. + +
  8. To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more +entries and click Compose.
    9. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + +

Importing Address Books

+ +

If you have a Mozilla address book from another user profile +or computer, or if you have an address book from a previous version +of Mozilla Communicator or another mail program, you can import +its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. +Keep in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier +version of Mozilla, your address books are automatically included, +so there's no need to import them.

+ +

You can import address books from Communicator, Mozilla 6, +Eudora, Outlook, Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, +tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) +formats). When you import an address book, Mail & Newsgroups +creates a new address book with the imported entries.

+ +

You can also import mail messages and +settings from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and Outlook +Express.

+ +

To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import +Wizard.
    +
    2. + +
  2. Follow the instructions to import address books.
    3. + +
  3. +

    Tip: Communicator address book files (pab.na2) +are stored in your user profile directory (for example, C:\Program +Files\Mozilla\Users, where \Users contains the user profiles +directories).

    +
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Exporting Address Books

+ +

You can export a Mozilla address book if you later want to +import it into another user profile, move it to another computer, +or use it with another program that can import address books. You +can export an address book to one of these file formats: Mozilla +(.ldif), tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text +(.txt) formats.

+ +

To export an address book, begin from the Address Book +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the address book that you want to export.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.
    3. + +
  3. In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location +where you want to save the address book file.
    4. + +
  4. Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, +comma-separated, or tab-delimited).
    5. + +
  5. Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the +appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).
    6. + +
  6. Click Save.
    7. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +

Adding and Removing LDAP Directories

+ +

Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to +search the directory for email addresses and other contact +information. You can also use the directory for address +autocompletion when addressing mail messages.

+ +

You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions +provided by your system administrator. Check with your system +administrator for the information you will need in order to add a +new directory to your address book.

+ +

To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP +Directory. You see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Type the following information in the Directory Server +Properties dialog box General tab: +


    +
      +
    • Name: Enter the name of the directory service (for +example, InfoSpace Directory).
      • + +
    • Host Name: Enter the name of the host name server, such +as ldap.infospace.com.
      • + +
    • Base DN: This setting is used to set the Base +distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific +country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to +Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on +within the directory (for instance, o=Mozilla Communications +Corporation, c=US).
      • + +
    • Port Number: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. +The default is 389.
      • + +
    • Bind DN: The distinguished name that is used to authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server binds anonymously.
      • + +
    • Use secure connection (SSL): Choose this setting if your +LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are +unsure, contact your system administrator.
      • +
    +
    3. + +
  3. Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server +settings.
    4. + +
  4. Type the following information: +


    +
      +
    • Don't return more than _ results: This setting lets you +limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the +directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches +to display for autocompletion.
      • + +
    • Scope: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one of +the following: +


      +
        +
      • One Level: Retrieves matching entries by searching the +base DN and one level below the base DN.
        • + +
      • Subtree: Retrieves matching entries by searching the +base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the +least restrictive search.
        • +
      +
      • + +
    • Search filter: Enter the search filter to apply to +matching results that are within the specified scope of the +search.
      • +
    + +
  5. Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog +box.
    6. + +
  6. Click OK to close the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box.
    7. + +
  7. Click OK to close the Preferences dialog box.
    8. +
+ +

The directory you added appears in the list of address books in +the Address Book window.

+ +

To delete a directory:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. +(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. + +
  3. Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog +box, click Edit Directories.
    4. + +
  4. In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory +that you want to delete and click Delete.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog +box.
    6. +
+ +

For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for +offline use so that you can search it or use it for address book +autocompletion while working offline, see Downloading Directory Entries for Offline +Use.

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Directory Server Settings

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings +dialog box, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.
    2. + +
  2. In the list of address books, select a directory.
    3. + +
  3. Click Properties.
    4. +
+ +

General Tab

+ + + +

Advanced Tab

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ +

Organizing Your Messages

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Creating a Folder

+ +

Renaming a Folder

+ +

Moving or Copying a Folder

+ +

Filing Messages in Folders

+ +

Sharing Folders With Other Users +(IMAP Only)

+ +

Labeling Messages

+ +

Marking or Flagging Messages

+ +

Using Message Views

+ +

Creating Message Filters

+ +

Searching Through Messages

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

Creating a Folder

+ +

To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the +New Folder dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Type the name of the folder.
    3. + +
  3. Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click +OK. Your new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Renaming a Folder

+ +

To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the folder you want to rename.
    2. + +
  2. Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename +Folder dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Type the new name and click OK.
    4. +
+ +

Note: If you rename a folder that you've been using to +store filtered messages, the filter +will automatically update to use the renamed folder.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Moving or Copying a Folder

+ +

You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, +or move a folder within the same mail account.

+ +

To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the folder you want to move or copy.
    2. + +
  2. Do one of the following: +


    +
      +
    • To move the folder under another folder within the same +account, drag the folder over the name of the other folder. The +folder you moved becomes a subfolder of the other folder.
      • + +
    • To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the +name of another account.
      • + +
    • To copy the folder under another folder in another account, +drag the folder over the name of another folder in another account. +The folder you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.
      • +
    +
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + +

Filing Messages in Folders

+ +

You can move messages from one folder to another by using either +of these methods:

+ + + +

To copy a message from one folder to another:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up +menu.
    2. + +
  2. Select "Copy To" and then select the destination account and +folder from the drop-down list.
    3. +
+ +

Tip: Alternatively, you can copy a message +between folders by holding down the Shift key while dragging the +message from the message list over another folder.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Sharing Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)

+ +

Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other +users on the same network. Sharing folders allows several users to +see and work with the same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use +shared folders, your IMAP mail server must support Access Control +List (ACL) management. Check with your system administrator or help +desk if you are not sure that shared folders are supported by your +IMAP mail server.

+ +

To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to +view sharing information for a folder, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, +or select a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. + +

    Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a +POP mail account cannot be shared.

    +
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.
    3. + +
  3. Click the Sharing tab.
    4. + +
  4. Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network +user name and password. + +

    The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server +allows you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not +available, you can view the folder sharing privileges for this +folder but cannot change them.

    +
    5. + +
  5. Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set +their folder access privileges. +


    +
      +
    • Read privileges: Users can read messages and +copy their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or +copy messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or +unread. See Marking or Flagging Messages +for instructions on flagging messages.
      • + +
    • Read and Write privileges: In addition to Read +privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also +copy or move messages into the folder.
      • + +
    • Manage privileges: In addition to Read and +Write privileges, users can add and remove users and change their +folder permissions.
      • +
    +
    6. + +
  6. Click OK to confirm your changes.
    7. + +
  7. Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.
    8. +
+ +

In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder +displays a distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is +shared.

+ +

To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to +your shared folder, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the shared folder.
    2. + +
  2. Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder +Location.
    3. + +
  3. Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.
    4. + +
  4. Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose +Paste.
    5. + +
  5. Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. +Tell message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared +folder by clicking the link you pasted into the message. + +

    Only message recipients who share the same network will be able +to subscribe to your shared folder.

    +
    6. + +
  6. Click Send.
    7. +
+ +

 

+ + + + +

Subscribing to a Shared Folder

+ +

Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a +newsgroup. To subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe +dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose +another IMAP mail account.
    3. + +
  3. Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.
    4. + +
  4. Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the +folder. You see a checkmark next to each folder to which you +subscribe. Click Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the +Mail window.
    6. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Labeling Messages

+ +

You can apply labels to messages to help you organize and +prioritize them. You can apply a standard color and text label to +messages, or you can customize the label colors or label text to +suit your needs.

+ +

One powerful way to use labels is to set up a message filter to +automatically label incoming messages from a specific sender. For +example, you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages +from your boss are labeled "Important" and appear in red. See Creating Message Filters for more +information.

+ +

 

+ + + +

Applying a Label

+ +

To apply a label to a message, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the message you want to label.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Label.
    3. + +
  3. Choose the label you want to apply from the list.
    4. +
+ +

The message header changes to the label color you chose. To see +the label text, you must display the Label column in the Mail +window.

+ +

Tip: To quickly label messages or remove a +label, select one or more messages and press 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 on +your keyboard. Press 0 to remove a label.

+ +

To display the Label column, begin from the Mail window:

+ + + +

Note: Message labels apply on a per-account +basis. For example, if you move or copy a labeled message to +another mail account, the label is not preserved. Similarly, if you +forward a labeled message to another recipient, the label is not +preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if your IMAP server supports +user-defined keywords, message labels will persist when you log in +to your mail account from a different location.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Customizing Labels

+ +

You can customize label colors or text to suit your needs.

+ +

To customize labels, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Labels. (If no +subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to +expand the list.)
    3. + +
  3. Edit the label text, or replace it with your own label text. +The label can be up to 32 characters long.
    4. + +
  4. To change the label color, click the color block next to that +label and select a new color.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. +
+ +

Your changes are immediately applied to all labeled messages in +all your mail accounts.

+ +

Tip: To restore the default label text and +colors, follow the steps above to display the label settings, and +click Restore Defaults.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Sorting Messages by Label

+ +

To sort messages by label, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. To display the Label column if it is hidden, click the +Show/Hide Columns icon and select Label from the list.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Label column to sort messages by label, and within +each label type, to sort messages by date.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Removing Labels

+ +

To remove a message label, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select one or more labeled messages.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Label.
    3. + +
  3. Choose "None" for the message label.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Marking or Flagging Messages

+ +

You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you +later want to re-read the message or respond to it.

+ +

To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. + +
  2. Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as +unread. Messages marked as unread display a symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as +read display a symbol in the Read +column. If the Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide +Columns icon and select Read from the list.
    3. +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Read column
+ +

You can flag messages that you later want to download for offline use.

+ +

To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. + +
  2. Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. +A flag appears where you clicked to +indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is +not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon and +select Flag from the list.
    3. +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
Flag column
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Using Message Views

+

text to come.

+ + +

Creating a Custom View

+

text to come.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + +

 

+ + + + +

Creating Message Filters

+ +

Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. +You can create message filters that Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +uses to automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages +based on criteria you specify. For example, you can create a +message filter that automatically moves incoming messages to a +particular folder. Message filters operate on a per-account +basis.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, +begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the +Message Filters dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you +want to apply the filter.
    3. + +
  3. Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the +types of messages to act on, and the action you want the filter to +perform.
    4. + +
  4. Type a name for the filter.
    5. + +
  5. Select the matching option you want Mail to use: "all of +the following conditions" (criteria) you choose, or "at least +one" of the conditions.
    6. + +
  6. Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for +example, "Subject," "Sender," "contains," "doesn't contain") and +then type the text or phrase you want to match. + +

    Tip: To search for messages that contain a +header not listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you +want to search for messages that include the header Resent-From), +choose Customize and type the header you want to search for. +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups adds your custom header to the +drop-down list, so you can then choose it to search for matching +entries. Make sure you enter the custom header correctly, since +Mail will only find entries that exactly match what you type.

    +
    7. + +
  7. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    8. + +
  8. Use the drop-down list to choose the action you want the filter +to perform on the messages (for example, Move to Folder). + +

    Tip: To automatically label incoming messages, +choose "Label the message" from the drop-down list.

    +
    9. + +
  9. Choose a destination folder in which to store the messages, or +create a new folder.
    10. + +
  10. Click OK to confirm your settings.
    11. + +
  11. Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins +filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.
    12. +
+ + + +

To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the +Message Filters dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you +want to apply the filter.
    3. + +
  3. Choose from the following:
    4. + + + + +
  4. Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you +created a new filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon +as you click OK.
    5. +
+ +

Note: If you delete a folder that you've been using to +store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming +messages that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. +If you rename or move the folder, the filter will automatically +update to use the renamed or moved folder.

+ +

Tip: Filters don't apply to existing messages. If you +have existing messages that you want to move to another folder, you +can search for those messages and +then file them into the other folder.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Filtering Messages From a Specific Sender

+ +

You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular +sender. For example, if you want to automatically move all incoming +messages from your child's teacher into a folder called "School", +you can quickly set up a filter to do this.

+ +

To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a message from a specific sender.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Create Filter From Message. +You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email +address, Mozilla prefills the filter name, the filter matching +criteria, and the filter action (Move to folder).
    3. + +
  3. Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming +messages from the specified sender, or create a new folder.
    4. + +
  4. Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the Message Filters dialog box, where you can +create, delete, or edit message filters.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from +the specified sender as soon as you click OK.
    6. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Searching Through Messages

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a +single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a +combination of criteria to perform a thorough search through all +messages in a specific mail folder, newsgroup, or account.

+ +

To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This +Message.
    2. + +
  2. Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.
    4. + +
  4. Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or +click Cancel when you are done.
    5. + +
  5. Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for +the text throughout the rest of the message.
    6. +
+ +

To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject +or sender, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. To the right of "Subject or Sender contains:", type the subject +text or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part +of the subject or sender, or you can type the exact word or name +that you want to find. + +

    As soon as you stop typing, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +displays only those messages in the selected folder where the +subject or sender contains the search text you entered.

    +
    2. + +
  2. Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in +the selected folder.
    3. +
+ +

 

+ + + + +

Searching for Specific Messages

+ +

You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. +If you are not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, +begin from the Mail window:

+
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the +Search Messages dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Next to "Search for messages in", choose the account, +newsgroup, or folder through which you want to search.
    3. + +
  3. Select "Search subfolders" to include all subfolders in the +search.
    4. + +
  4. Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search +for messages that match all or at least one of the +conditions (criteria) that you choose.
    5. + +
  5. Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for +example, "Subject" and "contains") and then type the text or phrase +that you want to match. + +

    Tip: To search for messages that contain a +header not listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you +want to search for messages that include the header Resent-From), +choose Customize and type the header you want to search for. +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups adds your custom header to the +drop-down list, so you can then choose it to search for matching +entries. Make sure you enter the custom header correctly, since +Mail will only find entries that exactly match what you type.

    +
    6. + +
  6. Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.
    7. + +
  7. Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. +The search results appear in lower part of the Search Messages +dialog box.
    8. + + +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ +

Controlling Junk Mail

+

text to come

+ + +

Using Junk Mail Controls

+

text to come

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+
+ + + + + + +

Importing Mail from Other Programs

+ +

This section describes how to import mail messages and settings +from Mozilla Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. +To import address books from these programs, see Importing Address Books.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Importing Mail +Messages

+ +

Importing Mail +Settings

+
+ +

 

+ + + +

Importing Mail Messages

+ +

To import mail messages from Mozilla Communicator, Outlook, +Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import +Wizard.
    2. + +
  2. Follow the instructions to import mail messages.
    3. +
+ +

For Mozilla Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator +mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added +as a new folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail folders still remain in their original location).

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Importing Mail Settings

+ +

To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or +Eudora, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import +Wizard.
    2. + +
  2. Follow the instructions to import mail settings.
    3. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + +
+ + + +

Getting Started With Newsgroups

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Subscribing to Newsgroups

+ +

Reading Newsgroup +Messages

+ +

Posting Newsgroup Messages

+ +

Contributing to Ongoing Discussions

+ +

Monitoring Threads

+ +

Removing a Newsgroup

+ +

Adding a Newsgroup Server

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Subscribing to Newsgroups

+ +

If you have set up an account on a +newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also +called discussion groups).

+ +

To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe +dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose +another newsgroup account.
    3. + +
  3. Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, +Ctrl+click (Windows and Linux) or Command+click (Macintosh OS) each +additional newsgroup.
    4. + +
  4. Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the +newsgroup. You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you +subscribe. Click Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the +Mail window.
    6. +
+ +

If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message +folders located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message +folder.) Follow the instructions above for subscribing, but select +an account from the Account drop-down list. For more information +on sharing folders and subscribing to folders, see Sharing Folders With Other Users (IMAP +Only).

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Reading Newsgroup Messages

+ +

When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of +newsgroups to which you subscribe. The server downloads the +headers of new messages in each newsgroup.

+ +

To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If +there are no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)
    2. + +
  2. Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.
    3. + +
  3. Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display +all the responses below the original message. You can click any +header to display its message. You can start a new thread or post +a message in response.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Posting Newsgroup Messages

+ +

To start new threads (discussions):

+ +
    +
  1. From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, +select a newsgroup.
    2. + +
  2. Click Compose.
    3. + +
  3. Compose your message, and +click Send to post it.
    4. + +
  4. Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.
    5. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Contributing to Ongoing Discussions

+ +

To post a response to the newsgroup:

+ +
    +
  1. In the message list, select a message to reply to.
    2. + +
  2. Click Reply.
    3. + +
  3. Compose your message, and +click Send to post it.
    4. +
+ +

To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the +group:

+ +
    +
  1. In the message list, select a message to reply to.
    2. + +
  2. Click Reply All.
    3. + +
  3. Compose your message, and click Send to post it.
    4. +
+ +

To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Monitoring Threads

+ +

To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to +you:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a message in a thread.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.
    3. + +
  3. If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 +for messages in additional threads.
    4. + +
  4. When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open +the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads +with Unread. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups only displays the +watched threads that contain unread messages.
    5. + +
  5. Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to +return to viewing all messages in the newsgroup.
    6. +
+ +

To ignore a message thread:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a message in the thread.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. Mozilla Mail +& Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new +replies posted to the thread will appear as read.
    3. + +
  3. To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, +and then choose Ignored Threads.
    4. +
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Removing a Newsgroup

+ +

To remove a newsgroup from your list:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Adding a Newsgroup Server

+ +

If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different +server, you must first set up access to that server.

+ +

To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in +the Mail window and choose New, then Account.

+ + + +

Once you've set up access to the new server, you can subscribe to newsgroups on that server. +In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + +
+ +

Working Offline

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Setting Up Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups to Work Offline

+ +

Downloading Your Inbox for Offline +Use

+ +

Downloading an Individual Folder for +Offline Use

+ +

Downloading Selected or Flagged +Messages for Offline Use

+ +

Downloading Directory Entries for +Offline Use

+ +

Setting Up Your Accounts for Working +Offline

+ +

Selecting Items for Offline +Viewing

+ +

Downloading and Synchronizing Your +Messages

+ +

Working Offline and Reconnecting +Later

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Setting Up Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you +download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the +Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your +mail and you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you +need to temporarily disconnect from your company's network while +traveling or switching locations, you can download your mail so +that you can read it offline. The offline feature can automatically +download incoming messages and then later send all your outgoing +messages when you reconnect.

+ +

If you occasionally want to work offline, Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups lets you easily:

+ + + +

If you frequently work offline, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +also lets you:

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Downloading Your Inbox for Offline Use

+ +

You can tell Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups to automatically download your Inbox messages for +offline use. Later, when you go back online, Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the +server.

+ +

To automatically download your Inbox for offline use, begin from +the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the +account you want to use offline, select Offline & Disk Space. +(This category is not available for POP accounts.)
    3. + +
  3. Check the box labeled "Make the messages in my Inbox available +when I am working offline."
    4. + +
  4. Click OK.
    5. + +
  5. In the folder pane, under the name of the account you want to +use offline, click any folder other than the Inbox. For example, +click the Sent or the Drafts folder. Then click the Inbox folder to +start downloading its messages.
    6. + +
  6. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline +indicator in +the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the +Cookie icon) to go offline.
    7. +
+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all +messages in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while +working offline. After disconnecting, Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups remains open so you can continue to work with your +messages.

+ +

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

+ + + +

When you go back online, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by +replicating any changes you made while working offline.

+ +

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages +that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder +under Local Folders. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the +Preferences command on the Edit menu to change the offline preferences for all +your accounts.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Downloading an Individual Folder for Offline Use

+ +

To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you +want to download for offline use.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties dialog box.
    3. + +
  3. Click the Offline tab.
    4. + +
  4. Check "Select this folder for offline use".
    5. + +
  5. Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading +the folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and +when you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.
    6. + +
  6. Click the Online/Offline indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window +to go offline.
    7. + +
  7. In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.
    8. +
+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all +messages in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them +while working offline. After disconnecting, Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups remains open so you can continue to work with your +messages.

+ +

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for +reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup +icon.

+ +

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

+ + + +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the +offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you +made while working offline.

+ +

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages +that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder +under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent +Messages from the File menu to send all your saved messages at +once. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically send +your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the Preferences +command on the Edit menu to change your offline preferences.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use

+ +

To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. + +
  2. Select the messages you want to download, as follows: +


    +
      +
    • To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first +message, and then Shift-click to select the last message in the +group.
      • + +
    • To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the +Ctrl key (Windows and Linux) or the Command key (Macintosh OS) and +click each message.
      • +
    +
    3. + +
  3. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get +Selected Messages from the submenu. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +downloads the selected messages.
    4. + +
  4. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline +indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left +of the Cookie icon) to go offline.
    5. +
+ +

To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.
    2. + +
  2. Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. +A flag appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has +been marked. If the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide +Columns icon and select Flag from the list.
    3. + +
  3. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged +Messages. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged +messages.
    4. + +
  4. Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline icon in +the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the +Cookie icon) to go offline.
    5. +
+ +

After you disconnect, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups remains +open so you can continue to work with your messages.

+ +

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for +reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup +icon.

+ +

To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:

+ + + +

Tip: Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups saves any messages +that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder +under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent +Messages from the File menu to send all your saved messages at +once. To have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups automatically send +your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the Preferences +command on the Edit menu to change your offline preferences.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + + +

Downloading Directory Entries for Offline Use

+ +

You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server +to your computer so that they are available when you work offline. +Once you've downloaded directory entries, you can use the same +procedure to update your local copy of the entries with the latest +entries on the directory server.

+ +

To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline +use:

+ +
    +
  1. Make sure you're online.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.
    3. + +
  3. In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want +to download (replicate).
    4. + +
  4. Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory +Server Properties dialog box appears.
    5. + +
  5. Click the Offline tab.
    6. + +
  6. Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your +computer.
    7. + +
  7. If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and +click OK to start the download.
    8. + +
  8. +

    Depending on the number of directory entries, the download +process may take a while, so please be patient.

    +
    9. +
+ +

After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the +directory or use it for address autocompletion when composing +messages. After you've been using your local copy of the directory +for a while, you may wish to update it to get the latest entries +from the directory server. To update your local copy, use the +procedure described above.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline

+ +

To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the +Offline and Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups +Account Settings dialog box. Once set, you don't need to change +these preferences each time you want to work offline. The offline +and disk space preferences you can set for an account depend on the +type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).

+ +

Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your +accounts for offline use:

+ +
    +
  1. For each account that you want to work with while offline, use +the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the +Offline & Disk Space preferences for that account. You must +select the items (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download +for offline use. See Selecting Items for +Offline Viewing for more information. + +

    Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the +sections below for information on setting offline and disk space +preferences for IMAP, POP, and Newsgroup +accounts.

    + +

    Tip: To set the Offline & Disk Space preferences for +the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, and then +choose Offline Settings.

    +
    2. + +
  2. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose +Download/Sync Now from the submenu.
    3. + +
  3. Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that +you want to download. + +

    Important: You must select at least one category (mail +messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to +work.

    +
    4. + +
  4. Select "Work offline once download and/or sync is +complete."
    5. + +
  5. Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. +See Downloading and Synchronizing Your +Messages for more information.
    6. +
+ +

For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Selecting Items for Offline Viewing

+ +

Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, +you must first select them for downloading. You can set up an +entire account for offline use. You can also choose which folders +and newsgroups that you want to use offline.

+ +

Note: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase +download time and disk space used.

+ +

To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, +begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for the account +you want to change.
    3. + +
  3. Click Select. You see your IMAP accounts, mail folders, and +subscribed newsgroups. + +

    Note: You see only the newsgroups and folders that you've +already subscribed to. POP +accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the list.

    +
    4. + +
  4. Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make +available for offline use.
    5. + +
  5. Click OK.
    6. +
+ +

Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you +want to go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can +easily do so before going offline, since the same Select button is +available when using the Download and +Sync command.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages

+ +

If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for +offline use, you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If +you haven't yet selected items to download, you can choose them +before you go offline.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, +follow these steps:

+ +

To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail +window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose +Download/Sync Now.
    2. + +
  2. Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) +that you want to download. + +

    Important: You must select at least one category (Mail +messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If +the checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected +items to download. Use the Select button to select items to +download.

    +
    3. + +
  3. To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going +offline, check "Send Unsent Messages".
    4. + +
  4. To go offline immediately after Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups +finishes downloading, select "Work offline once download and/or +sync is complete".
    5. + +
  5. To set or change the items to download, click Select. See Selecting Items for Offline Viewing for +more information. You can skip this step if you've already selected +items for download.
    6. + +
  6. Click OK. Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the +selected items.
    7. +
+ +

If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline +mode. Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the +Online/Offline indicator in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go +offline.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Working Offline and Reconnecting Later

+ +

To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail +window.

+ +

When you are ready to work offline:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the online/offline indicator in the lower-right corner of the Mail +window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts you to download messages, if +you want, before going offline.
    2. + +
  2. Click Download to download messages before going offline. If +you want to work offline without downloading messages, click Don't +Download.
    3. +
+ +

Note: Message headers that have been downloaded for +reading offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup +icon.

+ +

Tip: To set Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' download +behavior when going offline, open the Edit menu, choose +Preferences, and then click the Offline & Disk Space category. +You can choose to have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to +download messages when going offline, to automatically download +messages, or to not download any messages.

+ +

To reconnect and synchronize your messages:

+ +
    +
  1. Click the online/offline indicator in the lower-right +corner of any Mozilla window.
    2. + +
  2. Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose +Download/Sync Now.
    3. +
+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with +the server by replicating any changes you made while working +offline.

+ +

Tip: To set Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups' behavior when +going online, open the Edit menu, choose Preferences, and then +choose the Offline & Disk Space category. You can choose to +have Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to send unsent +messages, to automatically send unsent messages, or to not send +unsent messages.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings

+ +

This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups +Account Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, +which applies settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups +Account Settings dialog box lets you specify settings on a +per-account basis.

+ +

If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups +Account Settings dialog box, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Begin from the Mail window.
    2. + +
  2. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings.
    3. + +
  3. Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view +or change.
    4. +
+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Account +Settings

+ +

Server Settings

+ +

Copies & +Folders

+ +

Addressing

+ +

Offline & Disk Space

+ +

Return Receipts

+ +

Security

+ +

Local Folders

+ +

Outgoing Server +(SMTP)

+
+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Account Settings

+ +

This section describes how to view or change your Account +Settings, such as your user name, reply-to address, and signature +file. If you are not already viewing the Account Settings, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings +panel.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings

+ +

Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail +servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your +Internet service provider supports, ask your service provider. If +your Internet service provider supports both, the following +descriptions may help you choose which one to use.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

About Internet Message Access Protocol +(IMAP)

+ +

About Internet Post Office Protocol +(POP)

+ +

IMAP Server Settings

+ +

Advanced IMAP Server Settings

+ +

POP Server Settings

+ +

News Server +Settings

+
+ +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

About Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP)

+ +

Advantages: Your messages and any changes to them stay on +your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access +to an updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple +locations. Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially +download message headers only.

+ +

Disadvantages: Not all ISPs support IMAP.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

About Post Office Protocol (POP)

+ +

Advantages: Your messages are downloaded to your local +computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep +copies of the messages on the server and delete messages on the +server when they are deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support +POP.

+ +

Disadvantages: If you use more than one computer, +messages might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP +doesn't work as well as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you +can't access all mail folders from multiple locations.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

IMAP Server Settings

+ +

If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server settings.)
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ + + + + +

Advanced IMAP Server Settings

+ +

In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically +supplied by the server. If you are unsure about the settings for +this dialog box, contact your ISP or system administrator.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server +settings, begin from the Mail window.

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings +category.
    3. + +
  3. If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click +Advanced to set additional IMAP options, such as: +


    +
      +
    • the IMAP server directory path
      • + +
    • showing only "subscribed folders"
      • + +
    • support for subfolders
      • + +
    • any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this +directory
      • + +
    +
    4. +
+ +

For more information, see Adding and +Removing LDAP Directories.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

POP Server Settings

+ +

If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category +name. (If you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you +see your POP server settings.)
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

News Server Settings

+ +

This section describes how to change news server settings. If +you are not already viewing news server settings, begin from the +Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. +(If you chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you +see your newsgroup server settings.)
    3. +
+ + + +
+

Note: The path to the newsrc file is displayed for your +information. The newsrc file stores information about the +newsgroups to which you are subscribed, and the messages you have +read in each newsgroup.

+
+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & +Folders

+ +

This section describes the settings for sending automatic +copies, and for storing copies of outgoing messages, message +drafts, and message templates.

+ +

By default, Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your +outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the +Drafts folder and message templates in the Templates folder for the +current account.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & +Folders, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the +Copies & Folders panel.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Addressing

+ +

You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server +settings specified for all address books in the +Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of +address autocompletion, and you can +change these settings for each account if necessary.

+ +

Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching +entries when you type email addresses in the addressing area of the +Compose window.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the account and click the Addressing category.
    3. +
+ + + +

The directory you select will also be searched for matching +certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one +or more recipients for whom you don't have certificates on +file.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Offline & Disk +Space

+ +

Offline & Disk Space settings let you conserve disk space or +set up an account so that you can use it while offline +(disconnected from the Internet). The settings available depend on +the mail server type (IMAP, POP, or News) associated with the +account.

+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Offline and Disk Space Settings +(IMAP)

+ +

Disk Space Settings (POP)

+ +

Offline and Disk Space Settings +(News)

+
+ +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Offline and Disk Space Settings (IMAP)

+ +

If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space +preferences for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for an IMAP +account.
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Disk Space Settings (POP)

+ +

Messages from POP accounts are always downloaded to your local +machine. This section describes how you can save disk space for a +POP account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space +preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:

+ +

Begin from the Mail window.

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + +

Offline and Disk Space Settings (News)

+ +

If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space +settings for a News account, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Choose the Offline & Disk Space category for a News +account.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts

+ +

This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account +settings. If you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts +settings, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.
    3. +
+ +

You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt +settings for outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use +the Return Receipt settings to specify how to manage requests you +receive for return receipts. These settings override global return +receipt preferences you specified using Mail & Newsgroups Preferences +- Return Receipts.

+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Security

+ +

This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroup +Account Settings that control mail message security. Before you do +so, however, you must obtain one or more mail certificates. For +details, see Signing & Encrypting +Messages.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your +mail account, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings.
    2. + +
  2. Click Security under the name of the mail account whose +security settings you want to configure.
    3. +
+ +

 

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+ +

About Certificates

+ +

Digital Signing

+ +

Encryption

+
+ +

 

+ +

About Certificates

+ +

The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroup +Account Settings is to select two certificates:

+ + + +

Depending on the policies of the certificate authority +(CA) that issues your certificate(s), you can use one +certificate for both purposes or two different certificates. Even +if you use just one, you must specify it twice, once for digital +signing and once for encryption.

+ +

The certificates you select here are included with every signed +message you send. These certificates allow your recipients to +verify your digital signature and to encrypt messages that they +send to you.

+ +

 

+ +

Digital Signing

+ +

You use the Digital Signing area in the Security panel to specify how you want to +sign your email messages:

+ + + +

Regardless of whether the "Digitally sign messages" checkbox is +selected here, you can change your mind before you send an +individual message.

+ +

To change the digital signature setting for a message you are +writing in the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security +icon near the top of the window and select or deselect "Digital +Sign This Message". For details, see Signing & Encrypting a New +Message.

+ +

 

+ +

Encryption

+ +

You use the Encryption area in the Security panel to specify how you +routinely want to use encryption when sending your messages:

+ + + +

Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change +your mind before you send an individual message.

+ +

To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing +in the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near +the top of the window and choose the encryption setting you want. +For details, see Signing & +Encrypting a New Message.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Local Folders

+ +

Local Folders is the account where Mozilla Mail & +Newsgroups saves any messages that you send while working offline. +Messages you send while working offline are saved in the Unsent +Messages folder under Local Folders. Any folders you create under +the Local Folders account reside on your hard disk, so Local +Folders is a good place to save messages that you want to keep.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin +from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the Local Folders category.
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server +(SMTP)

+ +

Even if you have multiple mail or news accounts, you generally +need to specify only one outgoing (SMTP) server to handle the +delivery of your outgoing mail.

+ +

If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) +settings, begin from the Mail window:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings. You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog +box.
    2. + +
  2. Select the Outgoing Server (SMTP) category.
    3. +
+ + + +

 

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ +
+ + + +

Mail & Newsgroup Preferences

+ +

The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups +preferences that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To +see these preferences:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. + +

    (Mac OS X) Open the Mozilla menu and choose Preferences.

    +
    2. + +
  2. Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the +list.
    3. +
+ +

 

+ + + + + +
In this section: + +

Mail & +Newsgroups

+ +

Windows

+ +

Message Display

+ +

Notifications

+ +

Composition

+ +

Send Format

+ +

Addressing

+ +

Labels

+ +

Return Receipts

+ +

Offline & Disk Space +Preferences

+
+ +

 

+ + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & Newsgroups

+ +

This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups +preferences. If you are not already viewing the Mail & +Newsgroups main preferences, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Windows

+

text to come

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message Display

+ +

Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are +displayed (for example, font style and color) in all accounts. If +you are not already viewing the Message Display settings, follow +these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message +Display. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & +Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications

+

text to come

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition

+ +

Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for +example, forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all +accounts. If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. +(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format

+ +

Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to +format your outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the +Send Format settings, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. +(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ + + +

For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients +that have the same domain name (for example, your colleagues all +have email addresses that end in "netscape.net"), and you know that +this domain name is capable of displaying HTML messages, then you +can add the netscape.net domain to the list of HTML Domains so that +Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send messages in HTML +format to these recipients.

+ +

Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain +that you know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add +that domain name to the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail +& Newsgroups automatically sends messages to that domain in +plain-text format.

+ +

Note: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) +mail messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use +mail programs that can display HTML formatting properly. Send +Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format +messages that go to recipients who cannot display HTML-formatted +mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format them only as +HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These preferences +apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and not +to newsgroup messages.

+ +

Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, +you can specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted +messages. However, when this information is unknown, you can set +Send Format preferences for how Mail & Newsgroups formats these +messages.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ +

 

+ + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing

+ +

Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for +Mozilla Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email +address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not +already viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu, and choose Preferences. You see the +Preferences dialog box.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. +(If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Labels

+ +

This section describes how to use the Labels preferences panel. +You use the Labels preferences to define the label text and colors +for message labels. If you are not currently viewing the panel, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Labels. (If no +options are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups +category to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ + + +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + + +

Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts

+ +

This section describes how to use the Return Receipts +preferences panel. If you are not currently viewing the Return +Receipts panel, follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return +Receipts. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & +Newsgroups to expand the list.)
    3. +
+ +

You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt +settings for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You +also use the Return Receipt preferences to specify how to manage +requests you receive for return receipts.

+ + + +

To override these global preferences for individual accounts, +see Mail & Newsgroups Account +Settings - Return Receipts.

+ +

[ Return to beginning of +section ]

+ + + + + +

Offline & Disk Space Preferences

+ +

This section describes how to use the Offline & Disk Space +preferences panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, +follow these steps:

+ +
    +
  1. Open the Edit menu and choose Preferences.
    2. + +
  2. Click Offline & Disk Space.
    3. +
+ +

The Offline & Disk Space preferences allow you to set +preferences for working offline, going online, and disk space.

+ + + +

See Working Offline for +information on working offline.

+ +

[ Return to +beginning of section ]

+ +
+

24 January 2003 +

+ +
+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

+ + + diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml index ed48215300e4..965663a92d0b 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ Preferences - Proxies.

19 June 2002

-

Copyright © 1994-2002 Mozilla Organization.

+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

diff --git a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml index 046bff447b83..a3d8fbf3c8b6 100644 --- a/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml +++ b/suite/locales/en-US/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml @@ -1,87 +1,87 @@ - - - -Managing Profiles - - - - - - - - - - -

Managing Profiles

- -

If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts, My Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate. - -

The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a default profile when you first install your browser software. After you create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to use each time you launch the browser.

- - - - - -
-

In this section:

-

Creating a New Profile

-

Deleting or Renaming a Profile

-
- - -

 

- - -

Creating a New Profile

- -

To create a profile: - -

    -
  1. Exit the browser. It is not possible to create a new profile while the Navigator, Mail, or any other component of your browser software is running. -
  2. Open the Profile Manager:
    3. - -
  3. Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click Next. -
  4. Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real name or a name that's related to what you use the profile for, such as "School." -
  5. Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose Folder button and navigate to the location you want. -
  6. If you have Language Packs or Regional Content Packs installed, click Region Selection and choose the Language/Content set you want. -
  7. Click Finish. -
- -

The opening screen of the Profile Manager reappears, with the new profile listed and highlighted. - - - -

 

- - - -

Deleting or Renaming a Profile

- -

You may want to delete profiles that you don't normally use. To delete or rename an existing profile: - -

    -
  1. Exit the browser. It is not possible to create, delete, or rename a profile while the Navigator, Mail, or any other component of your browser software is running. - -
  2. Open the Profile Manager:
    3. - -
  3. To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. -
  4. To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the instructions. -
- -
- -

18 June 2002

- -
-

Copyright © 1994-2002 Mozilla Organization.

- - - + + + +Managing Profiles + + + + + + + + + + +

Managing Profiles

+ +

If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts, My Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate. + +

The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a default profile when you first install your browser software. After you create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to use each time you launch the browser.

+ + + + + +
+

In this section:

+

Creating a New Profile

+

Deleting or Renaming a Profile

+
+ + +

 

+ + +

Creating a New Profile

+ +

To create a profile: + +

    +
  1. Exit the browser. It is not possible to create a new profile while the Navigator, Mail, or any other component of your browser software is running. +
  2. Open the Profile Manager:
    3. + +
  3. Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click Next. +
  4. Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real name or a name that's related to what you use the profile for, such as "School." +
  5. Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose Folder button and navigate to the location you want. +
  6. If you have Language Packs or Regional Content Packs installed, click Region Selection and choose the Language/Content set you want. +
  7. Click Finish. +
+ +

The opening screen of the Profile Manager reappears, with the new profile listed and highlighted. + + + +

 

+ + + +

Deleting or Renaming a Profile

+ +

You may want to delete profiles that you don't normally use. To delete or rename an existing profile: + +

    +
  1. Exit the browser. It is not possible to create, delete, or rename a profile while the Navigator, Mail, or any other component of your browser software is running. + +
  2. Open the Profile Manager:
    3. + +
  3. To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. +
  4. To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the instructions. +
+ +
+ +

18 June 2002

+ +
+

Copyright © 1998-2003 The Mozilla Foundation.

+ + +